Macintosh-SW
/
mac-rom
mirror of https://github.com/elliotnunn/mac-rom.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
mac-rom/Patches/PatchIIROM.a

7116 lines
284 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Permalink Blame History

;
; File: PatchIIROM.a
;
; Contains: patches for the ROMs first shipped in a Macintosh II ($0178)
;
; Copyright: © 1986-1992 by Apple Computer, Inc., all rights reserved.
;
; Change History (most recent first):
;
; <90> 1/19/92 DTY Look at emAppleTalkInactiveOnBoot before checking out the
; AppleTalk version. If AppleTalk was inactive, donÕt set up the
; LAP Manager. This is part of a large conspiracy to convince the
; universe that AppleTalk really isnÕt around if it is inactive.
; <89> 12/4/91 csd #1016447: Added support for Scruffy. DonÕt install the MaxBlock
; patch if Scruffy in installed.
; <88> 6/12/91 LN added #include 'InternalOnlyEqu.a'
; <87> 6/12/91 LN removed #include 'HardwareEqu.a'
; <86> 3/17/91 eh Serial driver status calls 9 and $8000 now return hardcoded
; driver version instead of getting it from DCE. This obviates the
; need for the linked patch to _Open to patch the version number
; in the DCE, a fix which was causing FileShare to crash.
; <85> 3/4/91 dba dty: get rid of SysVers conditionals
; <84> 2/21/91 eh (djw) Fixed bug in serial driver that was preventing use of one
; port when Nike was printing on the other.
; <83> 2/6/91 eh (djw) Fix bug that was causing Smartcom not to be able to do a
; direct connect. We were trashing d1 in the FixInitSCC patch. Now
; we don't.
; <82> 1/19/91 mbs (jg) Include ATalkPrivateEQU.a to get AGBHandle definitions that
; were moved out of ATalkEQU.a
; <81> 1/19/91 eh (djw) Patch Port A async serial driver headers to insert
; signature word for use in serial driver linked patch. Insert
; signature before already patched port B headers. Change port B
; arbitration code to call 'atkv' Gestalt call instead of old
; 'atlk'.
; <80> 1/14/91 eh (djw) Added external clocking support for Nike printer to the
; Async Serial Driver.
; <79> 1/8/91 gbm (sab) Fix DaveÕs removal of the unmount patch, which Chris (csd)
; says he did without having Chris look at it. This is, if true,
; a hanging offense. If you see Dave in the halls after this
; date, then he probably got off with just a public flogging.
; <78> 1/8/91 dnf (csd) Since the File System no longer attempts to save the bits
; behind the disk switch hook, the patch to the code which did
; that is no longer necessary.
; <77> 12/15/90 djw (jwk) Add SCSI Mgr support for Quantum 7.9 ROM problem by adding
; a separate TIB interpreter and replacing blind write
; <76> 12/14/90 dnf (jsm) Turn all patches on ExtFSHook off for 7.0 since they have
; been moved to LaterFileMgrPatches.a
; <75> 12/14/90 bbm (djw) roll in linked comefrompatch from patchIIrom.a.
; <74> 12/14/90 dba <JDR> get rid of VMCalls.a
; <73> 12/13/90 BBM (stb) move the patch to compactmem into memorymgrpatches.a.
; <72> 12/11/90 BBM (fjs) Eliminate HUnlock patch code under 7.0. This code was
; commented wrong. The patch was to fix a bug in GetPicTable
; (Color QuickDraw). Since that routine is completely replaced by
; the System file in 7.0, this patch is no longer needed. In
; actual fact, the patch is better than the ROM code but still has
; a bug in it which is fixed in 7.0.
; <71> 12/7/90 JSM <dba> Move patch on _DisposDialog and come-from patches on
; _GetAuxWin, _DetachResource, and _SetWinColor to
; DialogMgrPatches.a, ifdef come-from patch on _HandToHand and
; patches to [CouldFree][AlertDialog] for pre-7.0 only, since we
; no longer support the Could and Free calls in 7.0.
; <70> 11/27/90 JSM <gbm> Move come-from patch on _SetPort inside DrawItem to
; DialogMgrPatches.a.
; <69> 11/26/90 JSM <bbm> Move come-from patch on _StackSpace inside RgnOp to
; QuickDrawPatches.a, move come-from patches on _DisposeHandle
; inside CloseDialog and _ValidRect inside SetIText to
; DialogMgrPatches.a.
; <68> 11/21/90 gbm & dba; Get rid of the nasty patch to GetResource that is set up
; for a Font Mgr. patch for 7.0. It was causing nasty bugs, and
; not doing anyone any good, since the other patch was
; conditionalized out already!
; <67> 11/20/90 JSM <dba> Move come-from patch on _GetResource inside GetNextEvent
; to disable FKEYs from the keypad to ToolboxEventMgrPatches.a.
; <66> 11/9/90 dba & gbm & JSM; Move LoadResource patch that checks for errors
; while loading WDEFs and CDEFs to WindowMgrPatches.a and
; ControlMgrPatches.a Ñ one more step towards the obsolescence of
; this file; conditionalize out the come-from patch on SwapFont
; when we have TrueType, since TrueType patches in a whole new
; SwapFont
; <65> 10/31/90 dba & csd; kill 8¥24 GC loading code for 7.0 (StartSystem.a does it
; now)
; <64> 10/29/90 KST Fixing a bug in "ExtBTFile" patch that didn't handle reentrant
; call correctly. (code read by B.Bruffey).
; <63> 10/22/90 gbm (mostly dba) get rid of ReleaseResource patch for boot code in
; 7.0, since the old ROM boot code isnÕt used in 7.0
; <62> 9/25/90 KIP Change Sound Mgr. to a linked patch.
; <61> 9/23/90 dba Reinstate the patch to GetNewCWindow that loads 'pltt' resources
; for 7.0.
; <60> 9/22/90 dba get rid of Time Mgr. patching here since we now use the real
; TimeMgr.a to make a linked patch; get rid of obsolete ADB
; patches
; <59> 8/18/90 dba get rid of ptchInst 7 and 8 (Sony Format and Eject patches) and
; ptchInst 14 and 15 (SwapHMMUMode and SwapPMMUMode) as they are
; now linked patches
; <58> 8/17/90 DTY Removed Slot Manager ptch (13) since itÕs a linked patch now.
; <57> 8/14/90 DTY Removed ptchInst 0 since TextEdit is now a linked patch.
; <56> 8/8/90 SAM Changing DispatchHelper & ProcHelper into an old style ptch.
; ¥¥¥--> Temporary <--¥¥¥ Remove when the Sound ptch get converted
; into an Lptch.
; <55> 8/7/90 DTY ptch 34 be linked now.
; <54> 7/30/90 dnf Remove installation of ptch 18 (File Manager) and ptch 6 (Btree
; Manager), now linked patches
; <53> 7/23/90 dba get rid of MenuMgrPatchII
; <52> 7/23/90 dba get rid of ptch 25 for 7.0; it is covered by DialogMgrPatches;
; get rid of extraneous pre-6.0.6 SysVers conditionals; removed
; ptchInst 16 since PrGlue is a linked patch
; <51> 7/20/90 DTY Remove ptchInst 10 & 11 since Bass is now a linked patch.
; <50> 7/20/90 gbm Change some identifiers to eliminate assembler warnings
; <49> 7/19/90 CCH NEEDED FOR SIXPACK: Removed HwPriv patch. The HwPriv trap is now
; a linked patch.
; <48> 7/19/90 EH Add VM support for async.a, the SerSetBuf control call. Also
; rolled in the BAP stuff so we can get rid of the SINI resources.
; <47> 7/19/90 GMR Install ptch 7 on SuperDrive ROMS as well now.
; <46> 7/16/90 gbm Get rid of warnings...
; <45> 7/16/90 VL Fixed out-of-range references (including DelMCEntries,
; LoadResource and NewOldPatToNew) by using SetTrapFar instead of
; InstToolTp.
; <44> 7/2/90 DTY Remove ptchInst 21 since Resource Manager extensions are now in
; a linked patch.
; <43> 6/29/90 DDG Fixed out-of-range references in the patch install area again.
; <42> 6/26/90 DTY Remove ptchInst 2 since NotificationMgr is now a linked patch.
; <41> 6/25/90 DTY Remove ptchInst 9 since ScrollSpeedFix is a linked patch.
; <40> 6/25/90 DDG Fixed out-of-range references in the patch install area
; (specificly the menu manager traps).
; <39> 6/19/90 VL Remove PtchInst 29 since MiscPatches is a linked patch
; now.
; <38> 6/12/90 JSM Remove PtchInst 33 since PPC Toolbox is a linked patch now.
; <37> 6/11/90 EMT Moved alternate trap dispatcher loading to boot blocks.
; <36> 6/7/90 EMT Remove PtchInst 17 since Layer Manager is a linked patch now.
; <35> 6/7/90 VL Remove PtchInst 28 since HelpMgr is a linked patch now.
; <34> 5/29/90 DDG NEEDED FOR SIXPACK: Changed all the sixpack conditionals from
; six-point-oh-seven to six-point-oh-six.
; <33> 5/10/90 JSM AliasMgr now a linked patch, don't install it here anymore.
; <32> 4/23/90 EMT Conditionalized out routines replaced by 32-bit QuickDraw:
; StretchBits, MoveTo, OpenRgn, CloseRgn, PlotCIcon, OldPatToNew,
; BitsToPix, MakeITable, MapRect, NewPixPat, MakeScale, RgnBlt,
; GetSeek, ColorMap, DrawPicture, StdBits.
; <31> 4/18/90 DDG Rolling in the ReallocHandle patch from the sys6 sources.
; <30> 4/16/90 SMB Changed 'ptch' 27 conditionals to include it for 6.0.6 builds.
; <29> 4/16/90 DDG Rolled over some changes from the system 6 split offs to the
; main sources: We added patch 25 (generic system patches), a
; hwPriv patch, the patch for the tiburon video card, and we
; changed the equate for spline fonts to use the build variable
; hasSplineFonts.
; <28> 3/29/90 EH Changed slot interrupt priority order AGAIN. $FF is highest.
; <27> 3/23/90 NC Added ptch 43 for System 6.0.6 on up. This is for Sound.
; <26> 3/15/90 djw Enable slot manager patch (ptch 13) for bigbang (it works now)
; <25> 3/7/90 dba change DetachResource to use BackToTrap
; <24> 2/22/90 JSM Comment out (temporarily?) slot manager patch 13 for 7.0 (see
; Dave Wong).
; <23> 2/22/90 DDG Changed the installation of the HiliteMenu trap from InstToolTp
; to SetTrapFar.
; <22> 2/14/90 BBM Jcrsrtask patch was breaking mouse movement, because someone
; changed almost all the labels in its globals.
; <21> 2/14/90 EMT Conditionalized PaintOne and PaintBehind patches - these are now
; part of the Layer Manager.
; <20> 2/5/90 DDG Changed the installation of the MenuSelect trap patch from
; InstToolTp to SetTrapFar. This also required that I specify the
; real trap number.
; <19> 2/3/90 NC Removed SysBeep patch. SysBeep will be patched for 6.1 and 7.0
; from the Sound Manager.
; <18> 2/2/90 JWK NEEDED FOR 6.0.5: Changed SCSI Mgr bus error handler to chain to
; previously installed bus error handler if a non-SCSI bus error
; occurs. Also fixed a bug causing a -1 to be returned by blind
; reads or writes if less than five bus errors occurred during a
; transfer.
; <17> 2/2/90 EH Fixed Slot Interrupt patch to use the standard macros from
; patchmacros.a
; <16> 2/2/90 BAL Changed InstOsTp to setTrapFar for recoverHandle patch.
; <15> 2/2/90 KON NEEDED FOR 6.0.5: Recover handle now checks for pointers in the
; MF heap.
; <14> 2/2/90 GGD NEEDED FOR 6.0.5: Modified the Deferred Task Manager to enable
; interrupts when returning just so QuickMail servers will
; continue to work (their bug, but we'll fix them for now).
; <13> 2/1/90 csd Needed for 6.0.5: Changed 32-Bit QuickDraw loader to stash a
; magic cookie if it canÕt find the right resource. This indicates
; an older version of 32-Bit QuickDraw. INIT 7 checks the magic
; cookie and puts up an alert.
; <12> 2/1/90 NC Now patches SysBeep for system 6.1 on up.
; <11> 1/26/90 EMT Fixed <4> conflict with the Layer Manager; both patch
; SetWinColor.
; <10> 1/25/90 KON NEEDED FOR 6.0.5: QD version is Offscreen version + $100, not
; $200.
; <9> 1/23/90 KON NEEDED FOR 6.0.5: Added Gestalt stuff for Quickdraw.
; <8> 1/22/90 PKE Used new InstallGestaltEarly symbol to control whether Gestalt's
; ptch 5 installation is done earlier (needed for TextEdit 3.0),
; and made it happen for SysVers>=$605 instead of SysVers>=$700.
; (This is already in the System6Proj sources).
; <7> 1/18/90 DVB Include PalettePriv.a, remove some compile-control slime
; <6> 1/15/90 CCH Fixed out-of-range offset.
; <5> 1/12/90 CCH Added include of ÒHardwarePrivateEqu.aÓ.
; <4> 1/4/90 DAF Corrected color dialog color table handling. This entailed
; removing a patch on GetResource and modifying one on SetWinColor.
; <3> 1/4/90 dba NEEDED FOR 6.0.5: (the 32-Bit QD stuff is needed for 6.0.5)
; redid the comments; added extra slop to RgnOp (StackSpace) patch
; so that it does not have to be patched out by 32-Bit QD; made it
; a MAIN instead of a PROC to get dead-code stripping; changed
; some symbols to avoid warnings; got rid of some 32-Bit QD
; patches that are superceded by the new version of 32-Bit QD;
; changed the code that loads the 32-Bit QD file to work only with
; new files (changed 'ptch' ID from 32 to 132); do not load the
; WaitNextEvent patch out of 7.0 builds
; <2> 12/21/89 dvb Modified to use qd32 pmgr.
; <1> 12/17/89 CCH Adding for the first time into BBS.
; <8.4> 12/11/89 GMR Added ptchInst 8; Sony Format patch is now in it's own patch
; file (FormatPatch.a).
; <8.3> 11/29/89 GGD NEEDED FOR 6.0.5 Replaced the prior patch to the Deferred Task
; Manager (which still had a small bug) with the fixed code from
; the IIci/Portable ROMs. Enabled the Extended Time Manager (which
; matches the code that is in the IIci/Portable ROMs). Enabled the
; New ADB Manager (which matches the code that is in the IIci
; ROM). Initialized the new LowMems VIA2 and TimeViaDB which were
; introduced with the IIci ROM.
; <8.2> 11/21/89 EMT NEEDED FOR 6.0.5: Added humane scrolling.
; <8.1> 11/20/89 BAL Fixed up conditionals for install code as well.
; <8.0> 11/20/89 BAL Changed paletteMgr.a and QuickPolysPatch.a to PaletteMgrPatch.a
; and QuickPolysMacIIPatch.a Removed QuickerDraw.a and several
; other CQD patches from the 7.0 build.
; <7.9> 10/25/89 rwh NICE FOR 6.0.5: add ptch38, backpatch of hwPriv trap for Rom
; revs 1.0, 1.2.
; <7.8> 10/16/89 GMR Re-added ptch34 - ADB manager patch, for system 7.0
; <7.7> 10/11/89 djw Changed to install slot mgr ptch AFTER 32 bit QuickDraw ptch
; <7.6> 10/10/89 djw Added ptch 13 - slot manager patch for system 7.0
; <7.5> 10/10/89 GMR Backed out ptch 34, until it can be cleaned up
; <7.4> 10/6/89 JSM Removed SnarfMan 'ptch', now PACK 13.
; <7.3> 10/3/89 GMR Added Ptch 34, Gary D's new ADB manager, for 7.0.
; <7.2> 9/25/89 BAL Integrated 32-Bit QuickDraw into 7.0 build process.
; <7.1> 9/18/89 CVC Integrate the PPC Toolbox as a ptch the first time.
; <7.0> 9/18/89 RLC Moved ptch 28 (Help Mgr) to after the FCQD (32bitQD) install.
; <6.9> 9/5/89 PKE Install Script Manager 7.0 extensions, ptch 27.
; <6.8> 8/30/89 dba got rid of fast traps for QDExtensions patch since Traps.a has
; the appropriate macros (sure to anger my pal, Bruce Leak)
; <6.7> 8/28/89 SES Removed references to nFiles. Changed DeclRomEqu.a to RomEqu.a.
; <6.6> 8/21/89 PKE NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: ¥ only re-load the standard clut into QDColors
; if QDColors exists; this is so that A/UX will work ¥
; Conditionalize 6.4 for Scripts604 OR (SysVers >= $700)
; <6.5> 8/21/89 BAL NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: Fixed patch to PenNormal to first call through
; to ROM.
; <6.4> 8/19/89 PKE NEEDED FOR 6.0.4 (SCRIPTS BUILD) & 7.0: Moved PtchInst 5
; (Gestalt) ahead of other PtchInsts so they can use Gestalt.
; <6.3> 8/17/89 djw NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: Added 32 bit QD patch to slot manager to fix a
; bug in pRead4Bytes. Was doing a long read from NuBus - patch
; skips long read to only bytes.
; <6.2> 8/17/89 CCH Now gets SCC base addresses from low-mem globals. Also added
; definition of vBase2 to this Mac II-only patch file since
; NuMac-only features will be going away.
; <6.1> 8/15/89 DAF NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: removed patches (for gamma) to NewGDevice and
; one time boot gamma fixer
; <6.0> 8/15/89 dba NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: moved some patches here from MacIIMenuPatch
; because they patch QuickDraw traps and will be overpatched
; unless they are installed after 32-Bit QuickDraw; in WDEF 0
; patch (one of the above patches from MacIIMenuPatch) use a
; StripAddress technique instead of funky cmpRA with $A08XXXXX
; address. patch PaintOne to do nothing if WWExist is non-0; got
; rid of milestones and used new PatchMacs macros instead; tried
; to change gamma table stuff so that old cards get the TFB gamma
; table instead of the linear one (done by DAF) as in an earlier
; patch, but this does not seem to work yet on the Radius monitor
; in GiffordÕs office; moved NewGDevice patch after 32-Bit
; QuickDraw so it will not be overpatched moved the boot gamma
; one-shot code so it *will* be loaded under A/UX (and after
; 32-Bit QuickDraw); changed the NewGWorld patch so that the
; current port is saved; re-load the standard clut into QDColors
; so that the green channel is fixed; changed the cut-back code to
; use new long-distance macros from PatchMacs
; <5.9> 8/14/89 BAL NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: (really dvb) Added tailpatch to Initpalettes
; to kill misROMmed ExitToShell patch.
; <5.8> 8/12/89 dba NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: installed new MacIIMenuPatch patches;
; rearranged as needed
; <5.7> 8/11/89 dba NEEDED FOR 6.0.4: moved patches in and out of A/UX as a result
; of soul-searching, conversation with Dave Berry, and code review
; of IIci patches; made HNoPurge patch A/UX-friendly; made ATP
; duplicate-request patch 32-bit clean by deleting unecessary
; CLR.B
; <5.6> 8/9/89 GMR Added ptch 29 - BigBang only patches for all ROMs
; <5.5> 8/7/89 DAF FOR 6.0.4 BUILD - Added two sets of patches that correct the
; start code to load the default gamma tables from each video card
; rather than stuffing the standard Mac II gamma table into every
; card. One set works on the boot screen, the other fixes the rest
; <5.4> 8/2/89 EVA Reversed Slot Handler priority scheme back to what it was prior
; to <3.7> patch
; <5.3> 8/1/89 BG Added GGD's optimized A-Trap Dispatcher.
; <5.2> 8/1/89 CSD Needed for 6.0.4: Fixed a bug in ColorMap which affects
; scrolling in old ports. Also changed OffscreenVersNum to 1.0 so
; it's less than the version of 32-Bit QuickDraw in Aurora.
; <5.1> 7/31/89 EVA conditionalized out patch <3.7> for big bang
; <5.0> 7/26/89 GMR Needed for 6.0.4: Added Sony Eject patch (ptch 7)
; <4.9> 7/25/89 GGD Needed for 6.0.4, Fixed change <3.1> by REALLY deleting change
; PB261.
; <4.8> 7/25/89 BAL Needed for 6.0.4: Fixed crashing bugs in offscreen graphics
; support.
; <¥4.7> 7/21/89 DAF FOR 6.0.4 BUILD - Removed CheckDevices fix from GetResource.
; Removed QDColors green fix from GetResource, too. These patches
; are taken care of by the QDCheckDevices init and a new ROM
; override
; <4.6> 7/3/89 NJC Sound Manager Extensions (ptch 23) rolled in for real.
; <4.5> 6/30/89 BBM Added partial resources to System 7.0 ('ptch' 21).
; <4.4> 6/29/89 RLC Added HelpMgr PtchInst 28
; <4.3> 6/26/89 BAL dvb For 6.0.4 Move initpalettes call from initmenus to end of
; initwindows.
; <4.2> 6/21/89 NJC Added a ptchinst 3 to if it wasn't already there and added in a
; commented-out ptchinst 23 for the sound dispatcher,DJ, and S.M.
; enhancements.
; <4.1> 6/13/89 dnf Moved btree ptch install after hfs70 ptch install.
; <4.0> 6/12/89 BAL Patched up 32-Bit QD's StdBits.
; <3.9> 6/12/89 BAL Removed patch to GetForeColor because it didn't always work and
; I didn't like it. Added a fix to 32-Bit QuickDraw's stdBits.
; <¥3.8> 6/10/89 CEL Moved Private.a QuickDraw Equates into proper QuickDraw private
; file (colorequ.a), got rid of QuickDraw nFiles dependencies and
; fixed up necessary filesÉ
; <3.7> 6/5/89 EVA Patch Slot Interrupt/VBL handlers
; <3.6> 5/31/89 CEL Only defined Spline_Font variable if it is undefined - makes it
; easier to build test 6.0.4 systems
; <3.5> 5/31/89 prp Added Alias Manager Support
; <3.4> 5/30/89 dnf Changed comment for ptch 18 (18 is now HFS 7.0 enhancements)
; <3.3> 5/23/89 jaz Change version conditionals to check for $700 instead of $604
; <3.2> 5/19/89 jaz Add code to patch in Gary D's new Extended Time Manager
; <3.1> 5/18/89 rwh replaced PB261 SwapMMUMode patch with new one that installs ptch
; 14 or 15. ptch14 fixes the 'HMMU systems lose sound interrupts'
; bug, ptch 15 is a better swapMMUMode for PMMU machines.
; <3.0> 5/16/89 EMT Moved include of ToolTrapFix so that it would be executed at
; installation time.
; <2.9> 5/15/89 CEL Previously, I grouped the patches that effect the spline font
; routines together with the spline font patch. This relocated the
; patches below that32-bit QDat. 32-bit QD got patched out. Sorry
; team!
; <2.8> 5/15/89 EKN Added load of File IDs patch (#18).
; <2.7> 5/13/89 EMT Added Window Manager extensions (Layers).
; <2.6> 5/8/89 NMB Replaced PrGlue with Ginsu's PrGlue.
; <2.5> 5/3/89 CEL Fixed out of range error in compile for the sys604 build
; <2.4> 5/3/89 CEL Rolling in Bass for the first time into EASEÉ
; <2.3> 4/17/89 CCH Put in a milestone for NewStretchBits.
; <2.1> 4/11/89 JSM Install SnarfMan 'ptch'.
; <¥2.0> 4/11/89 CCH Rolled out Altair changes in a big way.
; <1.9> 3/22/89 CCH Replaced SE hard addresses for FSQSync and CmdDone in Cache
; Control trap with Mac II hard addresses. Also looks for
; DiskCachePriv.a in Aincludes dir now.
; <1.8> 3/13/89 CCH Resolved some out-of-range offsets for Big Bang, and added
; B-Tree Mgr patch installation.
; <1.7> 2/22/89 CCH Added install code to bring in Gestalt patch.
; <1.6> 2/21/89 CCH Added milestones so file would link because it is now larger
; than a 16-bit offset can deal with. This is temporary, and
; should be fixed right when patches are rearranged.
; <1.5> 2/21/89 JB (DNF, actually) These files seems to work, so I'm checking them
; back in.
; <1.4> 2/20/89 JB Cleaned up revision history comments.
; <1.3> 2/20/89 JB Moved cache control trap, MapFBlock patch, and "not a Mac disk"
; ExtFSPatch from BeforePatches.a
; <1.2> 1/31/89 CCH Merged changes from 6.0.3.
; <1.1> 1/6/89 CCH Added changes from 6.0.3 sources for building 6.0.4 and 7.0.
; <1.0> 11/16/88 CCH Added to EASE.
; PMAB581> 10/16/88 GGD Installed latest version of TimeMgr, which also includes work
; around for bug with Rockwell VIAs (6.0.3 and Altair) Replaces
; PMAB564
; <PB578> 10/5/88 bbm moved everything aroung so the stupid thing would link.
; <PB576> 10/4/88 GGD Changed SuperDrive MFM formatting on Mac IIx ROMs to be more
; compatible with IBM (Altair and 6.0.3)
; <PB575> 10/3/88 EMT Support for PMAB568 (Menu Manager)
; PMAB574> 9/25/88 jwk Rolled old SCSI Mgr enhancements to support new SCSI Mgr trap.
; 9/24/88 rwh roll in PB541 22jul88 rwh from 6.0.2 sources: fix PowerOff trap
; patch PB091 to delay & rts instead of infinite loop after
; turning machine off. For machines w/o soft poweroff, Shutdown
; Manager will then put up the 'Safe to Restart' dialog.
; <PB573> 9/22/88 jwk Cleaned up Deferred Task dispatcher for Mac II.
; <PB571> 9/8/88 djw Fixed bugs in PB499 - get gDevice handle from MainDevice low
; mem, Next1sRsrc and SecondaryInit bug
; <PB570> 9/8/88 BAL Added install code for FCQD. Look for and execute 'ptch' ID:-24
; PMAB564> 8/18/88 ggd Patched in the New Improved Time Manager for all CPUs,
; Completely replaces old Time Manager, and replaces patches on
; MacPlus and MacSE.
; <PB553> 7/28/88 djw/RPD Added A/UX conditional test for PB499 start code patch, and
; moved slot manager part of patch out of A/UX.
; <PB512> 6/24/88 JB Added patch to fix UpdAltMDB to use correct disk address on
; 1440k disks
; <PB520> 7/1/88 AWC Removed installation of NewPWindow
; <PB499> 6/24/88 djw Add secondary init and search features to slot manager. Added
; patch code to start manager just before patch cutback.
; <S497> 6/7/88 med Changed Script Manager to ptch resource
; <s483> 4/29/88 bbm changed hardwired constant to HiIntMask (see s481).
; <PB482> 4/27/88 DAF Fixed desktop color pattern (again) to be MPW Shell friendly.
; This involves moving the desk pat back to the system heap, but
; correctly dealing with existing pats.
; <s481> 4/27/88 bbm There was a small window after the vremove where a timer
; interrupt could happen. Since the sound driver services the
; timer in the vbl task, the code to reinstall the vbl task would
; never happen.
; PMAB466> 4/13/88 JWK Fixed SCSIGet to perform cleaner arbitration.
; <PB465> 4/13/88 BAL/DAF Altered PB375 to use BackColor (once again) as the transparent
; color.
; <PB464> 4/12/88 AGH Changed JMPROM to BackToTrap for DisposHandle for A/UX.
; <PB463> 4/11/88 DAF Moved Palette Manger installs into the A/UX patch group
; <PM459> 4/7/88 AWC Fixed DisposePalette/CloseWindow bug; implemented AppPalette and
; DisposeBit
; <PB458> 4/1/88 BAL Fixed OpenPicture to re-dereference picsave handle after
; NewPixPat.
; PMAB457> 4/7/88 RWW Fixed CloseDialog to properly dispose TERecord
; <PB452> 4/1/88 BAL Fixed a bug in OR-mode patterned lines and ovals in
; quickerdraw.a
; PMAB449> 3/30/88 rwh replace SysEnvirons code w/INCLUDE SysEnvirons.a (Version 2!)
; <PB447> 3/30/88 DBG Fixed patch to SetupStretch to be completely A/UX friendly.
; <PB445> 3/28/88 DAF Fixed PB408 by extending patched routine.
; PMAB442> 3/25/88 EKH Fixed 'PatchInstall' fail bug. (Wasn't calling SysErr
; correctly).
; PMAB440> 3/24/88 AWC Removed include for QuickPolysEqu.a, which is now imbedded in
; QuickPolysPatch.a
; <PB438> 3/23/88 DAF Improved PB435. Moved desktop ppat to app heap rather than
; system heap.
; <PB435> 3/22/88 DAF I (STUPIDLY) handled the deskCPat lo-mem incorrectly causing
; many bytes of system heap to disappear when launching apps. This
; set of patches on InitWindows (via GetPixPat) and SetDeskCPat
; correct the problem.
; <PB433> 3/22/88 DAF Improved the QuickerDraw dispatch back to ROM. Save a few
; instructions and a few cycles.
; <PB428> 3/18/88 DAF Made QuickerDraw.a installs A/UX friendly. Likewise for PB408.
; Thanks to Andy Heninger for LEARom macro.
; <PB427> 3/17/88 BAL Fixed some bugs in arithmetic modes in quickerdraw.a
; <PB421> 3/7/88 DAF Removed conditional include of QuickerDraw.a. The trap
; installation is still conditional.
; PMAB417> 3/3/88 EMT Patch GetMenuBar and SetMenuBar to handle saved bits correctly.
; <PB415> 3/1/88 DAF/BAL Added QuickerDraw conditionally - set Quicker EQU 1 to enable
; <PB408> 2/26/88 DAF Added a small fix to 32X scaling in SetupStretch (CQD Vector)
; PMAB407> 2/26/88 DAF Removed PMAB370 (UprStr). I didn't know that you could use
; UprStr to just strip diacriticals. My post processing was
; causing AppleShare to get grave accents accidentally when
; stripping names. This can still be fixed, it just requires a
; deeper fix rather than post processing.
; <PB404> 2/25/88 DAF Fixed and improved SaveEntries and RestoreEntries
; PMAB401> 2/23/88 djw Bug in async driver - killIO did not set reg D0 to good return
; status. Combine with patch PMAB372
; <PB386> 2/9/88 djw Fix PMAB372 incorrect use of CmpRA for ROM resource address
; <PB384> 2/9/88 DAF Set crsrBusy during Mac II ShowCursor to prevent garbaged
; cursors.
; <PB373> 2/3/88 AGH Fix A/UX Hostile patches.
; <PB375> 1/27/88 BAL Patched ColorMap to set transColor from RGBOpColor instead of
; backColor.
; <PB373> 1/26/88 AGH Fixed Install code for A/UX Macros to allow CMPRA to work with
; return addresses from ROM Resources
; PMAB372> 1/26/88 djw Fixed DTR bug in async serial driver - a jump to the wrong label
; PMAB370> 1/25/88 DAF UprStr had an "a" instead of a "`" in it's case table, so I
; added a post-call scan of the string to fix this.
; <S369> 1/25/88 DAF Made a fix to WDEF 0 via PenNormal here, at menu mgr's PenNormal
; <PB366> 1/25/88 bbm fixed a bug in maxblock.
; PMAB364> 1/23/88 EMT Fix Pop-up menus to come up on any screen
; <PB362> 1/21/88 BAL Extended drText patch to fix fractional pen positioning in new
; ports.
; PMAB354> 1/7/88 EMT Unimplemented Toolbox versions of 12 bisexual traps
; <PB352> 1/6/88 BAL Fixed drawPicture to condense pixmap -> bitmap in place when
; BitsProc is not StdBits.
; PMAB340> 12/17/87 EMT Miscellaneous fixes to NMgr + System Alarm uses NMgr.
; <PB337> 12/16/87 bbm fixed SetOSDef to keep it from trashing PRam.
; <PB336> 12/16/87 AGH Add back install code that was accidently removed by PB302.
; PMAB335> 12/15/87 EMT ptchInstall now calls SysError on failure
; <PB330> 12/14/87 AGH/EMT Fixed bug in A/UX friendly patching
; PMAB329> 12/10/87 JWK Fixed PMAB295 to avoid 10sec delay when booting without SCSI
; devices attached.
; <PB323> 12/7/87 BAL Changed makeScaleTbl patch (PB233) to restore d7 before bitblt.
; <PB319> 12/2/87 AWC Modified StdPoly so QuickDraw regions are not used.
; PMAB318> 11/30/87 jw Added new improved sound manager.
; PMAB317> 11/28/87 EMT Added Notification Manager.
; <PB313> 11/25/87 bbm Fixed the fontmanager. When a synthetic font of greater than
; 128k was displayed, the offset to the width table was not
; retrieved right. fixed by patching hsetstate.
; PMAB315> 11/25/87 RWW Err, GetResource doesn't return resNotFound? Fixed ptchInstall
; <PMAB310> 11/24/87 PYG/EMT Make WaitNextEvent trap for Classic Mac OS.
; PMAB309> 11/24/87 RWW Massive, world-shattering change - yank TE patches and do this
; whizzy new installation. This one patch, in one fell swoop,
; replaces the following old, sometimes ugly patches:
; PMAB308> 11/24/87 RWW Added ptchInstall, which installs 'ptch' resources. This saves
; keeping duplicate copies of identical code in several patch
; files.
; <PB305> 11/22/87 DAF fixed buffer size calculations in RgnOp
; <PB304> 11/22/87 DAF fixed "wrong result when no change" bug in GrowWindow
; <PB302> 11/17/87 AGH Massive changes to make all patches A/UX friendly.
; PMAB301> 11/15/87 ABO Fix ATP delayed duplicate response bug
; PMAB295> 10/20/87 SHF Modified last call to SCSILoad -- increased patched select
; timeout to 25 msec (was 5); made more robust for CD ROM.
; <PB292> 9/30/87 DAF Fixed DisposPixPat/DisposeCCursor and CloseCPort/ClosePort to
; test for NIL pathandles to save the General CDEV. The pairs of
; routines above are multiple names for the same code (but
; different traps!)
; <PAB291> 9/26/87 DBG Changed mouse button debounce time back to 20 msec, and changed
; code so that mouse downs always get noticed. The code will now
; never discard a down/up pair, only up/down pairs.
; <PAB288> 9/24/87 CSL Reduced the mouse button delayed time from 20 msec. to 10 msec.
; <PB286> 9/22/87 BAL Patched RSect to fix DrText for offscreen pixmaps.
; PMAB284> 9/21/87 JTC Fix patch to MoveHHi to weed out dinky free block cases. Fix
; involves moving more of patched loop into RAM.
; <S281> 9/18/87 bbm sound manager uses sound manager uses soundactive different than
; sound driver. Thus soundactive could be true with no sound vbl
; task installed. So now we check for an error from vremove, which
; we should have done in the first place. (This is the same patch
; as S278, which got deleted when pb279 was checked in.)
; <PB279> 9/18/87 DAF Fixed picture recording of regions and polygons.
; <S277> 9/16/87 DAF Removed install of _InitWindows patch, since the _InitPalettes
; is now done in INIT=31. NOTE: I did NOT remove the patch from
; PaletteMgr.a. In the new ROM sources, _InitPalettes should be
; done during startup.
; PMAB271> 9/14/87 BB/JB Modified unmount patch PB245 to unconditionally unmount a volume
; if the HFS bit is set in the ioTrap word.
; PMAB270> 9/13/87 FJL Patch DrawPicture to first check for valid picture handle and
; pointer, then do GetState, lock, and SetState on return. At the
; request of Sheila, Phil and Scott.
; <PB268> 9/10/87 DAF Detached DRVR resource loaded in PB238
; <PB266> 9/8/87 BAL Change equate for ExTbl in patch for setCCursor (PB206).
; <s263> 9/7/87 bbm The current sound driver uses low memory as a vbl queue element.
; A bug occurs if sound is active. The low memory queue element is
; zeroed regardless if there is a next element in the queue or
; not. Thus the machine may hang. The fix forces the sound vbl
; queue element to be last in the queue always.
; <PB262> 9/4/87 AWC Patched ActivatePalette: Blo.S => Bhi.S to fix color priority
; problem
; <PB261> 9/4/87 rwh Patched SwapMMUMode: prevent hang when already in mode neing
; swapped to.
; <PB260> 9/2/87 BAL Patched GetSeek to prevent region clipping to overshoot minRect.
; Patch recomputes bufSize(a6) for rgnBlt, stretch, drawArc,
; drawLine.
; <PB259> 9/1/87 AWC Patched NewPWindow so it doesn't polymerize the stack.
; <PB258> 9/1/87 BAL Patched rgnBlt to attempt TrimRect(clipRgn,minRect) for faster
; windows.
; <PB257> 9/1/87 BAL Fixed patch to MakeScaleTbl (PB233) to delete 1 bit search proc.
; PMAB255> 8/31/87 FJL Menu enable bits no longer get shifted randomly when more than
; 32 items are added to a menu. Patch DrawMenuBar and call
; HiliteMenu(0) and HiliteMenu(TheMenu) after so don't have
; dangling "bits behind" the menu title
; PMAB253> 8/27/87 CRC Fixed MaxSizeRsrc in FontMgr for Radius (once again)
; <PB251> 8/26/87 RDC Fix bug in PB236 patch so MicroBug still works if no debugger
; installed.
; PABM250> 8/25/87 MBK TextEdit: Patched DisposPtr and StackSpace to fix Pixel2Char
; dispose bug
; <PB245> 8/25/87 BB/JB Patch UnmountVol to prevent unmount when files are open.
; PMAB242> 8/24/87 BAL changed patch to patConvert (PB206) to use the proper equate for
; return address comparison
; PMAB241> 8/24/87 RDC Added patch for BadTrap handler routine to save registers before
; exiting to SysError routine
; <PB236> 8/24/87 RDC Added patch for NMI handler routine to pass proper error code to
; SysError routine so new MacsBug doesn't get confused.
; <PA237> 8/19/87 BB/JB Patched FClose to fix problem which failed to release BTCB's for
; OffLine, Eject, and Unmount.
; <PB238> 8/19/87 DAF Added patch to Open to correct loading of slot drivers and
; videoInit to reload the boot video driver if a newer one is in
; the system file.
; <C864> 8/12/87 rwh added RomPaletteMgr equate. It must be here for assembly to
; work. Its a Cxxx, not a PBxxx, cuz PaletteMgr.a is in Post Mac2
; ROMs also.
; <PB233> 8/7/87 BAL Patch MakeScaleTbl so that copybits color mapping only happens
; if absolutely necessary.
; <PB232> 8/4/87 bbm added some parameter checking to writeXParm.
; <PB231> 7/28/87 rwh add Rich Castro's fix to deferred task dispatcher: make it
; dequeue the task BEFORE calling it.
; <PB230> 7/24/87 DBG&BAL Was jumping back into ROM (for ROMNotProc case) with D0 trashed,
; so we jump back in a little earlier to restore its contents.
; <PAB229> 7/23/87 WRL MouseDrvr MouseDrvr New, improved mouse button debouncing code
; for ADB machines.
; <PB217> 7/22/87 BAL Patch RSECT in order to fix fast DrawLine in CGrafPorts
; <PB220> 7/22/87 SHF Fixed SCSI Mgr to clear up occasional hanging during reads.
; PMAB226> 7/21/87 GWN Backout PMAB216.
; PMAB216> 7/21/87 GWN Patch Read, Write, Control and Status to fix Async problem.
; <PB215> 7/21/87 FJL Fix GNEFilter to do GetClip after SetPort instead of before.
; <PB212> 7/20/87 DAF Improved Disk Switch Hook patch. Updated some palette manager
; patches.
; PMAB210> 7/20/87 DAF Fixed some resource handling in the window and control managers.
; <PB208> 7/18/87 SHF SCSIMgr: Added a delay to the bus error retry code.
; <PB206> 7/16/87 EHB HUnlock GetPicTable
; <PB206> 7/16/87 EHB BitsToMap CopyBits
; <PB206> 7/16/87 EHB MapRect DrawPicture
; <PB206> 7/16/87 EHB PatConvert SetCCursor
; <PB204> 7/13/87 DAF PaintOne, PaintBehind wmgrasm1:PaintDesk
; <PB204> 7/13/87 DAF PaintOne, PaintBehind wmgrasm1:PaintDesk WindowMgr: Fixed
; PaintDesk to switch to sysheap in case of deskCPat pattern
; expansion.
; PABM197> 7/9/87 MBK HLock TEStylInsert TextEdit: Fix to TEStylInsert call when
; record is deactivated
; PABM198> 7/9/87 MBK HLock,HUnlock,TEDispose,TESetSelect,TEClick,TEDispatch,TEKey
; TextEdit: Fix to allow styles to be set at null selection
; PABM201> 7/9/87 MBK FindLine SetLineHite TextEdit: Fix to allow fixed line heights
; to work
; PABM202> 7/9/87 MBK FindLine RecalLines TextEdit: Fix to recalibration bomb when
; text length = 32,767
; PABM203> 7/9/87 MBK FindLine RecalLines TextEdit: Fix to deletion bug (display would
; get messed up)
; <PB195> 7/9/87 CRC Dialog Manager: fixes color Could/Free Alert/Dialog, and orphan
; handle patched: GetAuxWin DisposDlg DetachRsrc SetWinColor
; HandToHand CouldAlert CouldDialog FreeAlert FreeDialog to
; correct: CouldAlert FreeAlert CouldDialog FreeDialog
; GetNewDialog Alert
; <PB196> 7/9/87 CRC SetPort DrawDialog Dialog Manager: fixe to leave port alone
; across user item if no color items note: this is patched in
; MacIIMenuPatch
; <PAB191> 7/2/87 CSL ADBReInit Kbd.a Added pre- and post- processing routine hook for
; ADBReinit.
; <PAB192> 7/2/87 EMT ADBProc KbdDrvr Use JADBProc to clean up on ADBReInit
; <PB189> 7/1/87 CRC StretchBits DrawText reverse order of shadow only for old port,
; bic and or modes.
; PABM187> 7/1/87 CRC GetMaskTab, GetResource FMSwapFont fixes fractenable underline
; <> plain widths bug patched GetResource to set register flag,
; and GetMaskTab for bug fix
; <PB188> 7/1/87 CRC FixDiv CharExtra translate zero size into correct size
; PABM186> 7/1/87 CRC GetHandleSize RealFont removed PB164 and replace GetHandleSize
; w/ MaxSizeRsrc
; <PAB185> 6/29/87 ABO Fix NBP write-to-zero on lookup bug.
; 6/10/87 JTC Amend format of patches for use by A/UX Toolbox. Idea is to
; split the install code into two parts, one that installs on all
; machines, and one that installs only when NOT on A/UX. The
; latter is handy for those OS-ish routines that have no exact
; correspondent on A/UX. Subtleties like patching
; <PB172> 4/10/87 JTC&SMD Fix problem with D3 not being initialized on B2D conversions.
; <PB170> 4/8/87 DBG&BAL The ROM Optimization Squad decrees that JSR + RTS = JMP (in PB112).
; <PB169> 4/8/87 DBG&BAL Fixed bug in patch to SetIText (PBAM109): 24-bit ROM addresses vs. 32
; <PB168> 4/8/87 DBG&BAL Remove patch to GetSeek (part of PB093), since any negative
; coordinates passed to StretchBits are in error. (Mac Plus
; compatibility??)
; <PB167> 4/8/87 DBG Fix patch to patch to _BitsToPix (PB162) to keep A0 where ROM
; expects.
; <PB166> 4/8/87 DBG Fix patch to _BitsToMap (PB122) so that dstmap gets wedged to
; port only if 1) thePort is printer port, and 2) dstmap is
; currently screenbits
; <PBM164> 4/7/87 JTC&JDT DANGER: Patch RealFont with caution after this, since we look
; into the stack at RealFont internal return addresses.
; <PB160> 4/1/87 AWC PMgr; fix D5 save; regs in P2CT; AnimXXX intfc chg; animation
; fix
; <PB158> 3/30/87 JTC Tweak install of Palette jIAZInit patch to use daisy chain.
; <PB153> 3/30/87 FJL Removed fix to GetMaxDevice call in StandardMBDF.a. Changed
; MenuMgrPatchII.a and PatchIIROM.a
; PABM150> 3/28/87 JTC&JAF SysEnvirons patch
; <PB148> 3/28/87 EHB Added patch to checkDevices to make monochrome/color work. Moved
; InitGDevice patch into this one.
; <PB146> 3/27/87 CRC Patched FixMul to fix bug if input value to CharExtra is
; negative.
; <PB147> 3/27/87 EHB New palette mgr. Patched the RGBxxColor family of routines.
; PABM139> 3/26/87 MBK Patched FindLine to fix recal delete bug.
; <PB136> 3/24/87 JTC GetNewControl GetNewControl Little fix to LINK with even count.
; <PB137> 3/24/87 EHB Revised BitsToMap patch to make printing work.
; <PB131> 3/24/87 JTC Patch ReleaseResource to fix start code to detach DSAT=2. Since
; itÕs a one-shot, just blast the correct address back when done.
; BEWARE: If you patch ReleaseResource further, disable my revert
; BEWARE: code that bolts the old ROM address back in.
; <PB126> 3/23/87 EHB Added CalcCMask, SeedCFill, and newBitsToMap
; <PB125> 3/20/87 DAF Patched MakeITable to not SysError when it can't allocate the
; cube or queue in the app heap. Now it returns an error in QDErr.
; <PB122> 3/19/87 EHB Added 3 QuickDraw patches
; <PB121> 3/19/87 DAF DiskSwitchAlert TFS:TFS.a/DSHook Modified disk switch alert to
; post an update if the mainscreen is not in 1-bit mode. This
; patches DskSwtchHook in lo-mem- not a trap!
; <PAB117> 3/19/87 CRC LoadResource FMSwapFont if fast path fails because of disk
; switch, recover with panache.
; <PB112> 3/19/87 mgl Sound Manager timer interrupt patch
; <PB110> 3/18/87 FJL Menu Manager patches for: variable speed scrolling,
; PopUpMenuSelect, GetItemCmd, SetItemCmd
; PBAM109> 3/17/87 CRC ValidRect GetIText patched ValidRect to restore register
; clobbered by DrawItem in SetIText
; <PB103> 3/10/87 EHB/AWC Palette Manager
; PMAB102> 3/10/87 EMT Fixed all patches to not use FKEYs when code came from keypad.
; <PB093> 3/9/87 EHB 3 QuickDraw patches: StdPoly: Put proper opcode to new pictures
; GetSeek: Watch for negative sources (when called by stretch)
; PlotCIcon: Set fg to black and bk to white
; <PB092> 3/9/87 JTC CompactMem MemMgr: MoveHHi Prevent creation of bogus tiny free
; blocks.
; <PB071> 3/7/87 SHF SCSIWrite, SCSIWBlind OS:SCSIMgr.a Fix bus error handler, DMA
; turn-off check
; <PAB87> 3/6/87 CSL Patch JCrsrTask to support absolute cursor position.
; <PB086> 3/5/87 MBK HUnlock TextEdit.a:InsertRecal fixed obscure recal bug
; <PAB87> 3/6/87 CSL Patch JCrsrTask to support absolute cursor position.
; <PB079> 3/2/87 CRC improper mode, hilite fixes
; <PB071> 3/7/87 SHF Fix bus error handler, DMA turn-off check
; <PB091> 3/8/87 RDC Fix timing problem in poweroff routine
; <PB074> 3/2/87 ABO Fix re-entrancy problem (don't install if already there)
; <PB069> 2/27/87 mbk fix for Mac+ (!) scrolling bug
; <PB0689> 2/27/87 mbk added TextEdit patch for International
; <PB0679> 2/27/87 mbk added TextEdit patch for International
;
STRING ASIS
MACHINE MC68020
LOAD 'StandardEqu.d'
include 'ATalkEqu.a' ; <PABM150>
include 'ATalkPrivateEqu.a' ; <81>
include 'ApplDeskBus.a'
include 'HardwarePrivateEqu.a'
include 'MMUEqu.a' ; <3.1>
include 'PrEqu.a'
include 'PrPrivate.a'
include 'ColorEqu.a'
include 'SCSIEqu.a'
INCLUDE 'SlotMgrEqu.a'
INCLUDE 'VideoEqu.a'
INCLUDE 'PaletteEqu.a'
INCLUDE 'PalettePriv.a' ; <dvb 18Jan90>
INCLUDE 'QDHooks.a'
INCLUDE 'ROMEqu.a' ; <PM238/DAF><6.7>
INCLUDE 'PatchMacros.a'
INCLUDE 'ScriptPriv.a' ; <30>
INCLUDE 'InternalOnlyEqu.a'
IF (&TYPE('SPLINE_FONT') = 'UNDEFINED') THEN
SPLINE_FONT EQU hasSplineFonts ; <29> modified 4/16/90 DDG
ENDIF
IF (&TYPE('Scripts604') = 'UNDEFINED') THEN
Scripts604 EQU 0 ;<6.6><08/21/89 pke>
ENDIF
Quicker EQU 1 ; set to zero to not build QuickerDraw, 1 to include <PB415>
ROM78Fix MAIN EXPORT
IMPORT RAMSysInit
EXPORT SysBase,CutBack
; Cut back Code:
;
; SysBase is the entry point for ROM78Fix. Upon entry D1.L contains our handle.
;
; Once the patches have been installed, this code is cut back to exclude the patch
; installation code.
SysBase
jmpFar RAMSysInit ; <6.0>
DC.L ('PTCH') ; resource type
DC.W $0178 ; patch ID $78 processor $01.
DC.W 0 ; current version number.
; cut back the ram-based system code to exclude this initialization code
CutBack
_SetHandleSize ; adjust our size
MOVEQ #$7F,D0 ; a soon to be large number
SWAP D0
_CompactMem ,SYS ; optional comma
RTS ; all done
;################################ PATCH CODE GOES HERE #######################################
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PAB87 06Mar87 CSL patch out the JcrsrTask to support absolute cursor position.
; The whole Jcrsrtask routine is replaced by the patch below.
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 06Mar87 #PAB87 (JcrsrTask) (InsertRecal)
;
; OMIT FROM A/UX
;
CrsrPtch PROC EXPORT
;
; ===================================================================
; Constants. Size of the mapping table.
; ===================================================================
;
MaxL EQU 8 ; Maximum value of L
RomScrnPin EQU $4081B1EA
; ===================================================================
; Globals. First words of this resource.
; ===================================================================
;
Cnt EQU 0 ; word: number of valid error deltas
MaxCnt EQU Cnt+2 ; word: limit on number of error deltas
Err7 EQU MaxCnt+2 ; word: time-7 error magnitude
Err6 EQU Err7+2 ; word: time-6 error magnitude
Err5 EQU Err6+2 ; word: time-5 error magnitude
Err4 EQU Err5+2 ; word: time-4 error magnitude
Err3 EQU Err4+2 ; word: time-3 error magnitude
Err2 EQU Err3+2 ; word: time-2 error magnitude
Err1 EQU Err2+2 ; word: time-1 error magnitude
Error EQU Err1+2 ; word: accumulated error
GSize EQU Error+2
;
;
; ===================================================================
; Code. @MouseMap+EntryOff
; ===================================================================
;
TST.B CrsrNew ; Mouse changed?
BEQ Done ; No É return
TST.B CrsrBusy ; Cursor locked?
BNE Done ; Yes É return
;
TST.B CrsrCouple ; Cursor coupled to mouse?
BEQ NoComp ; No É skip computation <DSV>
;
MOVE.W MTemp+H,D0 ; Find ÆMx
SUB.W RawMouse+H,D0
;
MOVE.W MTemp+V,D1 ; Find ÆMy
SUB.W RawMouse+V,D1
;
MOVE.W D0,D2 ; x := |ÆMx|
BGE.S AbsX1
NEG.W D2
AbsX1
;
MOVE.W D1,D3 ; y := |ÆMy|
BGE.S AbsY1
NEG.W D3
AbsY1
;
move.l MickeyBytes,a0 ; <10/7/86 SMH> get globals
CMP.W D2,D3 ; D3 := magnitude(x,y)
BLS.S MagDone
EXG D2,D3
MagDone
ASR.W #1,D3
ADD.W D2,D3
;
; *** BEGIN NEW ***
;
BNE.S DoComp ; Zero magnitude É donÕt compute ***
MOVE.W #1,Cnt(A0) ; No hits ***
CLR.W Error(A0) ; No errors ***
BRA DoPin ; Update the cursor ***
DoComp
;
MOVEM.L D4-D5,-(A7) ; Save off registers
MOVE.W Cnt(A0),D4 ; D4 is the number of samples
CMP.W MaxCnt(A0),D4 ; Is Cnt less than MaxCnt
BGE.S CountOK
ADD.W #1,Cnt(A0) ; Yes É we will have one more error
CountOK
;
MOVE.W D3,D5 ; Magnitude at current time
;
MOVE.W D4,D2 ; Get Count
SUB.W #1,D2 ; Index into JTab
ASL.W #1,D2 ; REQUIRES BRA.SÕs IN JUMP TABLES
JMP JTab(PC,D2.W) ; Jump to the right code per Count
;
JTab
BRA.S E1 ; Count = 1
BRA.S E2 ; Count = 2
BRA.S E3 ; Count = 3
BRA.S E4 ; Count = 4
BRA.S E5 ; Count = 5
BRA.S E6 ; Count = 6
BRA.S E7 ; Count = 7
; *** BRA.S E8 ; Count = 8 ***
;
E8 ADD.W Err7(A0),D5 ; Accumulate time-7 magnitude
;
E7 ADD.W Err6(A0),D5 ; Accumulate time-6 magnitude
MOVE.W Err6(A0),Err7(A0) ; Shift out time-6 magnitude
;
E6 ADD.W Err5(A0),D5 ; Accumulate time-5 magnitude
MOVE.W Err5(A0),Err6(A0) ; Shift out time-5 magnitude
;
E5 ADD.W Err4(A0),D5 ; Accumulate time-4 magnitude
MOVE.W Err4(A0),Err5(A0) ; Shift out time-4 magnitude
;
E4 ADD.W Err3(A0),D5 ; Accumulate time-3 magnitude
MOVE.W Err3(A0),Err4(A0) ; Shift out time-3 magnitude
;
E3 ADD.W Err2(A0),D5 ; Accumulate time-2 magnitude
MOVE.W Err2(A0),Err3(A0) ; Shift out time-2 magnitude
;
E2 ADD.W Err1(A0),D5 ; Accumulate time-1 magnitude
MOVE.W Err1(A0),Err2(A0) ; Shift out time-1 magnitude
;
E1 MOVE.W D3,Err1(A0) ; Shift out current magnitude
;
MOVE.W D4,D2 ; Round up the divide
ASR.W #1,D2 ; by half the denominator
ADD.W D2,D5
EXT.L D5 ; Set up for the divide
DIVU D4,D5 ; Find the average magnitude
;
MOVE.W D3,D4 ; Get the original magnitude
SUB.W D5,D3 ; Find distance to average magnitude
ADD.W Error(A0),D3 ; Add on the accumulated error
CMP.W #-1,D3 ; Define -1 div 2 = 0
BNE.S DivOK
CLR.W D3
DivOK ASR.W #1,D3 ; Get half of it
MOVE.W D3,Error(A0) ; Update it
ADD.W D5,D3 ; Desired mag is average+Error
;
CMP.W #255,D5 ; mag := MAX(mag,255)
BLS.S MaxDone
MOVE.B #255,D5
MaxDone
;
move.l MickeyBytes,a0 ; <10/7/86 SMH> get at globals
add #GSize,a0 ; <10/24/86 SMH> point to table
CLR.W D2 ; i := 0
;
Search
ADD.B #1,D2 ; repeat
CMP.B (A0)+,D5 ; i := i+1
BHI.S Search ; until mag ² Table[i]
;
MULS D2,D3 ; D4 := i*(Mag(ÆM)+Error)
;
MULS D3,D0 ; ÆCx := (ÆMx*i*(Mag(ÆM)+Error))/Mag(ÆM)
DIVS D4,D0 ; <<<<<< D3 >>>>>>>
;
MULS D3,D1 ; ÆCy := (ÆMy*i*(Mag(ÆM)+Error))/Mag(ÆM)
DIVS D4,D1 ; <<<<<< D3 >>>>>>>
;
MOVEM.L (A7)+,D4-D5 ; Restore registers
;
; *** END NEW ***
;
ADD.W D0,RawMouse+H ; Update raw mouse location
ADD.W D1,RawMouse+V
;
DoPin
LEA CrsrPin,A0 ; Bounding rect for cursor ***
MOVE.L RawMouse,D0 ; Pin mouse inside rect
JSR RomScrnPin ; return to SHOWIT if screen changes
;
MOVE.L D0,RawMouse ; Update cursor locations
MOVE.L D0,MTemp
;
AND.L MouseMask,D0 ; Do jerky masking to drop low bits
MOVE.L MouseOffset,D1 ; Get the offset
BEQ.S SkipPin ; Skip 2nd pin if not
ADD.L D1,D0 ; Do jerky offset
JSR RomScrnPin ; return to SHOWIT if screen changes
SkipPin
MOVE.L D0,Mouse ; Actual mouse location
;
Repaint
TST.B CrsrObscure ; Unpaint the cursor
BNE.S Unpainted
_HideCursor ; Hide the cursor
Unpainted
;
CLR.B CrsrNew ; Cursor is fresh
CLR.B CrsrObscure ; Cursor is not obscured
_ShowCursor ; Repaint the cursor
;
; *** BEGIN NEW ***
;
RTS ; Goodbye
;
Done
move.l MickeyBytes,a0 ; <10/7/86 SMH> get globals
MOVE.W #1,Cnt(A0) ; No hits
CLR.W Error(A0) ; No errors
RTS ; Goodbye
;
NoComp
move.l MickeyBytes,a0 ; <10/7/86 SMH> get globals
MOVE.W #1,Cnt(A0) ; No hits
CLR.W Error(A0) ; No errors
BRA.S Repaint ; Update the cursor
;
; *** END NEW ***
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB073 2Mar87 ABO VInstall atalk:nonres.a
; PAB185 29Jun87 ABO VInstall atalk:nonres.a
;
; PB073 Fixes a re-entrancy problem in nonres.a within MPP.
; PAB185 Fixes an NBP lookup bug where if the response comes back too quickly it
; is written to location zero.
;
; If we're doing a VInstall from Nonres, and the queue element we're installing
; is already there, don't install. If we're doing a lookup, skip the first write.
;
; s263 The current sound driver uses low memory as a vbl queue element. A bug occurs
; if sound is active. The low memory queue element is zeroed regardless if there is a
; next element in the queue or not. Thus the machine may hang. The fix forces the
; sound vbl queue element to be last in the queue always.
;
; s481 there was a small window after the vremove where a timer interrupt could happen.
; Since the sound driver services the timer in the vbl task, the code to reinstall the
; vbl task would never happen.
;
; s483 changed hardwired constant to HiIntMask (see s481).
;
; OMIT FROM A/UX
NewVInstall PROC EXPORT
CalledFrom EQU $1C ; Where we were called from (return addr)
SkipBytes EQU 18 ; No. of bytes to skip write (PAB185)
ROMVInstall EQU $40806344 ; ROM VInstall address
NRVBLHnd EQU $82D2DC ; VBL task address in ROM
tst.b SoundActive ; sound playing? fixes trashed vbl queue <s263>
beq.s @TruVinst ; if not, just do real vinstall <s263>
move.w sr,-(sp) ; Save sr <s481>
ori.w #HiIntMask,sr ; Disable interrupts <s483>
move.l a0,-(sp) ; save new vbl element on stack <s263>
lea SoundVBL,a0 ; point at hertzfeldÕs vbl element <s263>
_VRemove ; remove sound vbl element <s263>
move.l (sp)+,a0 ; get new vbl element back in a0 <s263>
tst.w d0 ; check for error from vremove <s281>
bne.s @popstatus ; if error then donÕt reinstall sound vbl <s281>
bsr.s @TruVinst ; install new vbl element back in queue <s263>
lea SoundVBL,a0 ; get sound vbl element, and install it <s263>
bsr.s @TruVinst ; install sound vbl element back in queue <s481>
move.w (sp)+,sr ; Restore interrupts <s481>
rts ; <s481>
@popstatus ; <s481>
move.w (sp)+,sr ; Restore interrupts <s481>
@TruVinst ; <s263>
MOVE.L VBLAddr(A0),D1 ; D1 = VBL task address
AND.L MaskBC,D1 ; Mask off high bits to be sure
CMP.L #NRVBLHnd,D1 ; Called from NBP VBL task?
BNE.S @30 ; Branch if not
; PAB185 start
MOVE.L -4(A0),A2 ; A2 -> queue element from call
CMP #LookupName,CSCode(A2) ; Was it a lookup request?
BNE.S @5 ; Branch if not
TST.B VBLCount(A2) ; Check count (used to be count(A2)... I can't believe this code ever worked!)
BEQ.S @3 ; Branch if zero (leave alone)
ADDQ.B #1,VBLCount(A2) ; Need to add one since aren't sending now
@3 ADD.L #SkipBytes,CalledFrom(SP) ; Skip past the write
MOVE #1,VBLCount(A0) ; Set to send out real soon
; PAB185 end
@5 MOVE SR,-(SP) ; Save SR
MOVE #$2600,SR ; Disable interrupts
LEA VBLQueue+QHead,A2 ; A2 -> Head of VBL queue
@10 TST.L (A2) ; Done?
BEQ.S @20 ; Branch if so
MOVE.L (A2),A2 ; A2 -> next element
CMP.L A2,A0 ; Matches the one we're installing?
BNE.S @10 ; Loop if not
MOVE (SP)+,SR ; Restore SR
MOVEQ #0,D0 ; Indicate no error
RTS ; Return (already installed)
@20 MOVE (SP)+,SR ; Restore SR
@30 JMP ROMVInstall ; Jump to ROM VInstall code
ENDPROC
;___________________________________________________________________________
; PB071 07Mar87 SHF SCSIWrite, SCSIWBlind OS:SCSIMgr.a
; Fix bus error handler, DMA turn-off check
; PB208 18Jul87 SHF SCSIWBlind OS:SCSIMgr.a
; PB220 22Jul87 SHF SCSIRead,SCSIRBlind OS:SCSIMgr.a
; Fixed hanging bug at end of read data transfer.
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 06Mar87 #PB071 (SCSIWrite,SCSIWBlind) (SCSIWrite,SCSIWBlind)
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 18Jul87 #PB208 (SCSIWBlind) (SCSIWBlind)
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 22Jul87 #PB220 (SCSIRead,SCSIRBlind) (SCSIRead,SCSIRBlind)
;
; This patch fixes a bug in the SCSI Manager's bus error handler. It also
; fixes a bug in the 'check for turning off DMA' code which crept in
; somewhere between Maui and Becks.
;
; OMIT FROM A/UX
;
;
PatchSCSIRead EQU 1 ; patch SCSI Read (it and Write are patched <PB208>)
NewSCSIMgr PROC EXPORT
EXPORT NewSCSIGet,mySCSIRead, mySCSIRBlind, mySCSIWrite, mySCSIWBlind
;
; Stack frame for blind read/write bus error information
;
OldBusErrVct EQU -4 ; long
BusErrCount EQU -6 ; word
LocalSize EQU -6 ; total a6 offset for locals
zeroReg EQU d7 ; SCSI Manager convention
; should be in a separate "SCSIMgrPrivate" include file <PMAB466/JWK>
maxOpcode EQU 8 ; highest numbered TIB opcode
numSCSIVect EQU 24 ; max. number of selectors <C936/06Nov87> <PMAB466/JWK>
jmpTblSize EQU numSCSIVect*4 ; <C936/06Nov87> <PMAB466/JWK>
G_State EQU jmpTblSize+1 ; byte <PMAB466/JWK>
ROMRegSave EQU $408266B4
ROMUnimp EQU $408266FE
ROMDataEnd EQU $4082681A
ROMBlCmp1 EQU $40826B4A
ROMBlRd1 EQU $40826B54
ROMBlWr1 EQU $40826B9C
ROMGetExit EQU $40826744 ; exit the SCSIGet code <PMAB466/JWK>
ROMGetArb EQU $4082673A ; jump to "bsr Arbitrate" and continue <PMAB466/JWK>
move.l (sp)+,a0 ; get the return address
move.w (sp)+,d0 ; function selector (word)
move.l a0,-(sp) ; push the return address
cmp.w #numSCSIVect,d0 ; valid selector?
bhs.s @Unimp ; Sorry, Charlie
link a6,#LocalSize ; locals for bus error stuff
jmp ROMRegSave ; carry on as before
@Unimp
jmp ROMUnimp ; give them the bomb
;ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
;
; PMAB466 13Apr88 JWK SCSIGet SCSIMgr.a
;
; This cleans up the SCSIGet arbitration scheme. A "bset" instruction is used to
; test-and-set the SCSI Mgr's G_State global state variable. The ROM implementation
; could allow two processes into the SCSI Mgr code.
;
NewSCSIGet
bset.b #0,G_State(a4) ; mark SCSI Mgr state as "sBusy" <PMAB466/JWK>
beq.s @1 ; if zero, SCSI Mgr was free <PMAB466/JWK>
moveq.l #scMgrBusyErr,d0 ; SCSI Mgr is busy <PMAB466/JWK>
jmp ROMGetExit ; get out <PMAB466/JWK>
@1
jmp ROMGetArb ; jump to "bsr Arbitrate" and continue <PMAB466/JWK>
;--------------------------------------------------------------------------
;
; FUNCTION SCSIWrite(Control:Ptr): INTEGER;
; FUNCTION SCSIWBlind(Control:Ptr): INTEGER;
; FUNCTION SCSIRead(Control:Ptr): INTEGER;
; FUNCTION SCSIRBlind(Control:Ptr): INTEGER;
; (8) (12)
;
; This is the heart of the SCSI data transfer code, which includes the
; Transfer Information Block (TIB) interpreter.
;
mySCSIWBlind
bset #15,d4 ; blind flag
mySCSIWrite
st.b d4 ; set write flag
IF PatchSCSIRead THEN
bra.s myDataCommon
mySCSIRBlind
bset #15,d4 ; blind flag
mySCSIRead
move.b zeroReg,d4 ; clear write flag
move.b #iIO,sTCR+WrOffs(a3) ; match Data In phase
move.b #iDMA,sMR+WrOffs(a3) ; set DMA mode
move.b zeroReg,sIDMArx+WrOffs(a3) ; start DMA for a read
ENDIF
myDataCommon
moveq.l #bDMAR,d3 ; bit for DREQ test used in DataXFER <29Oct85>
move.l 8(a6),a1 ; get the control block pointer
bra.s @exec ; tighten loop by branching first
@c_compare
move.b #1,d4 ; this means compare to DataXFER <29Oct85>
; FALL THROUGH to @c_inc
@c_inc ; INC Addr,count
bsr.s @DataXFER ; move some data <23Apr86 LAK>
bne.s @data_end
add.l d2,scParam1(a1) ; increment the pointer
; FALL THROUGH to @next_cmd
@next_cmd
@c_nop ; NOP, just skip the command
add.w #SCSIZE,a1 ; move the command pointer
; FALL THROUGH to @exec
@exec
move.w scOpcode(a1),d0 ; get the function opcode
move.l scParam1(a1),a2 ; get the generic address
move.l scParam2(a1),d2 ; get the generic count
cmp.w #maxOpcode,d0 ; valid opcode?
bhi.s @c_badop ; return error if not
jmp @JmpTable(d0.w*2) ; go to jump table
@JmpTable
bra.s @c_badop ; 0 is not a valid opcode
bra.s @c_inc ; 1
bra.s @c_noinc ; 2
bra.s @c_add ; 3
bra.s @c_move ; 4
bra.s @c_loop ; 5
bra.s @c_nop ; 6
bra.s @c_stop ; 7
bra.s @c_compare ; 8
@c_badop
moveq.l #scBadParmsErr,d0 ; bad opcode
bra.s @data_end
@c_noinc ; NOINC addr,count
bsr.s @DataXFER ; move some data <23Apr86 LAK>
bne.s @data_end
bra.s @next_cmd ; and process next command
@c_add ; ADD addr,data
add.l d2,(a2) ; the count added to the where
bra.s @next_cmd
@c_move ; MOVE addr1,addr2
move.l d2,a0
move.l (a2),(a0) ; simple enough
bra.s @next_cmd
@c_loop ; LOOP relative addr,count
subq.l #1,d2 ; drop the count
beq.s @next_cmd ; if count = 1, quit loop <PB208>
move.l d2,scParam2(a1) ; put the count back for next time
add.l a2,a1 ; modify the command pointer
bra.s @exec ; and process the next command
@c_stop
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; indicate no error, fall through.
@data_end
jmp ROMDataEnd ; back to the ROM
;--------------------------------------------------------------------------
;
; Move some data. d2 bytes into/from a2->.
; d4 contains modifying information:
; bit 15 is the blind bit.
; d4.b = minus = write
; = zero = read
; = plus = compare
;
; d2 contains the byte count on entry.
;
@DataXFER
moveq.l #0,d0 ; assume success (error code 0)
lea sBSR(a3),a4 ; save later indexing
tst.l d2 ; zero count?
beq.w @Xfer_rts ; yes, so exit
movem.l a1/d2,-(sp) ; save these registers
move.w #5,BusErrCount(a6) ; initialize count-down variable
move.l BusErrVct,OldBusErrVct(a6) ; keep old vector
lea @BusErrHandler,a0 ; use our handler
move.l a0,BusErrVct
tst.b d4 ; read or write?
bpl.s @RdCmp
@wreq
btst.b #bREQ,sCSR(a3) ; test for *REQ
beq.s @wreq
move.b zeroReg,sTCR+WrOffs(a3) ; match data out
move.b #iDMA,sMR+WrOffs(a3) ; set DMA mode
move.b #iDB,sICR+WrOffs(a3) ; assert data bus
move.b zeroReg,sDMAtx+WrOffs(a3) ; start write DMA
IF PatchSCSIRead THEN
bra.s @ckphase
@RdCmp
btst.b d3,(a4) ; test DRQ
bne.s @BlChk ; if there, ready for bytes
btst.b #bREQ,sCSR(a3) ; test for *REQ in case of phase error
beq.s @RdCmp ; no req either, must be seeking
ENDIF
@ckphase
btst.b #bPM,(a4) ; phase check
bne.s @BlChk ; branch if OK
moveq.l #scPhaseErr,d0
bra.w @Xfer_done
@BlChk
tst.w d4 ; if d4 is <1, these are blinds...
bmi.s @BlkStart ; go to the blind code
subq.l #1,d2 ; decr for DBRA
move.l d2,d5 ; make a copy of the byte count
swap d5 ; and get high word in d5
;
; Polled transfer modes
;
move.l SCSIDMA,a1 ; use the global
IF PatchSCSIRead THEN
tst.b d4 ; write/read?
bmi.s @SnWr ; it's a write
lea sIDR(a1),a0 ; input data offset
beq.s @SnRd ; it's a read
; else it's a compare
;
; This is the loop for polled compares. Byte count is in d2,d5
;
@SnCmp
btst.b d3,(a4) ; DRQ?
beq.s @SnCmpChk ; no, so check phase
move.b (a0),d1 ; get data byte
cmp.b (a2)+,d1 ; same?
beq.s @SnCmp1
moveq.l #scCompareErr,d0 ; record compare error
@SnCmp1
dbra d2,@SnCmp
dbra d5,@SnCmp
bra.s @RdDone
@SnCmpChk
btst.b #bPM,(a4) ; phase OK?
bne.s @SnCmp ; continue if it is
bra.s @RdPhaseErr ; else return error
;
; This is the loop for polled reads. Byte count is in d2,d5
;
@SnRd
btst.b d3,(a4) ; DRQ?
beq.s @SnRdChk ; no, so check phase
move.b (a0),(a2)+ ; read bytes into memory
@SnRd1
dbra d2,@SnRd
dbra d5,@SnRd
bra.s @RdDone
@SnRdChk
btst.b #bPM,(a4) ; phase OK?
bne.s @SnRd ; continue if it is
@RdPhaseErr
moveq.l #scPhaseErr,d0 ; else return error
bra.s @RdDone
ENDIF ; (IF PatchSCSIRead)
;
; This is the loop for polled writes. Byte count is in d2,d5
;
@SnWr
btst.b d3,(a4) ; DRQ?
beq.s @SnWrChk ; no, so check phase
move.b (a2)+,(a1) ; write bytes from memory
@SnWr1
dbra d2,@SnWr
dbra d5,@SnWr
bra.s @WrDone
@SnWrChk
btst.b #bPM,(a4) ; phase OK?
bne.s @SnWr ; continue if it is
moveq.l #scPhaseErr,d0 ; else return error
bra.s @DMAOff
;
; We get here for blind mode operations...
;
@BlkStart
move.l SCSIHsk,a1 ; hardware-handshaking write
lea sIDR(a1),a0 ; read address (NOTE: sODR = 0)
@DRQSync
btst.b d3,(a4) ; first wait for DMA to start
beq.s @DRQSync
IF PatchSCSIRead THEN
tst.b d4 ; test the I/O direction
beq.s @StartBlRd ; it's a read...
bmi.s @StartBlWr ; or a write...
; must be a compare, so fall through
@StartBlCmp
jsr ROMBlCmp1 ; do the ROM version
bra.s @RdDone
@StartBlRd
jsr ROMBlRd1 ; do the ROM version
bra.s @RdDone
ENDIF
@StartBlWr
jsr ROMBlWr1 ; do the ROM version
; We shouldn't turn off DMA mode before the last byte was
; taken. If the NCR chip asserts DRQ, then the peripheral got
; the byte. If the peripheral changes the bus phase, then it
; must have also gotten it.
@WrDone
btst.b d3,(a4) ; did we get DRQ?
bne.s @DMAOff ; if so, then turn DMA mode off
btst.b #bPM,(a4) ; still in the same phase?
bne.s @WrDone ; if so, then wait around...
@DMAOff
move.b zeroReg,sMR+WrOffs(a3) ; clear DMA mode
move.b zeroReg,sICR+WrOffs(a3) ; disable data bus
bra.s @Xfer_done ; <PB208>
@RdDone
btst.b #bREQ,sCSR(a3) ; test for *REQ <PB208>
beq.s @Xfer_Done ; if it's gone, we're done <PB220>
btst.b #bPM,(a4) ; still in same phase? <PB220>
bne.s @RdDone ; if so, go back and wait <PB220>
@Xfer_Done
move.l OldBusErrVct(a6),BusErrVct ; restore previous vector
movem.l (sp)+,a1/d2 ; restore the registers
tst.w d0 ; set the condition codes
@Xfer_rts
rts
;____________________________________________________________________________ jwk <18>
;
; BusErrHandler -- New and improved chaining SCSI bus error handler.
; When the SCSI Mgr is performing a blind data transfer, it patches
; out the bus error vector. The old SCSI Mgr bus error handler
; assumed that if it got called, it must be handling a SCSI bus error.
; Unfortunately, NuBus cards could bus error while the SCSI Mgr is
; installed. To be a better bus error citizen, the SCSI bus error
; handler now checks for a SCSI address as the fault address, and
; chains to the bus error handler that it replaced.
;
@BusErrHandler
move.l d0,-(sp) ; save d0 <18>
moveq.l #$ffffff9c,d0 ; mask = $ffffff9c <start>
and.l 4+$10(sp),d0 ; clear variable bits of the fault address
cmp.l SCSIHsk,d0 ; was it a SCSI chip access ?
beq.s @start ; if so, start processing the bus error
move.l (sp)+,d0 ; restore d0
move.l OldBusErrVct(a6),-(sp) ; put old bus error handler addr on stack <end>
rts ; jump to old handler, assuming it'll RTE <18>
@start
subq.w #1,BusErrCount(a6) ; retry until we get tired
beq.s @CleanUp
move.w TimeDBRA,d0 ; DBRA's per millisecond <18>
lsr.w #4,d0 ; 1ms/16 = approximately 62us (was 50us) <18>
@ErrWait dbra d0,@ErrWait ; recovery time (was 50us) <C865/PB208> <18>
move.l (sp)+,d0 ; restore d0 <18>
rte ; haven't reached max, so restart
@CleanUp
addq.l #4,sp ; throw away copy of d0 on stack <18>
move.w (sp),d0 ; get sr from the stack
bfextu 6(sp){0:4},d1 ; get format code from stack
cmp.b #$0A,d1 ; short exception frame?
bne.s @Drop46w ; no, so use larger frame
adda.w #16*2,sp ; dispose of the 16-word frame
bra.s @DummyFrame ; and finish up
@Drop46w ; format code $0B
adda.w #46*2,sp ; dispose of the 46-word frame
@DummyFrame
move.w zeroReg,-(sp) ; format code 0 (four word frame)
pea @Continue ; PC value
move.w d0,-(sp) ; sr value
rte ; 'return' from the fake exception
@Continue
moveq.l #scBusTOErr,d0 ; assume a slow peripheral
btst.b #bPM,sBSR(a3) ; phase change? <C478/10Dec86> <v1.5><18>
bne.s @ErrorDone ; no phase change
moveq.l #scPhaseErr,d0 ; return phase change error
@ErrorDone
rts ; return to TIB interpreter
;
; End of chaining SCSI bus error handler patch
;____________________________________________________________________________ jwk <18>
;_________________________________________________________________________________________ <72> djw
; Beginning code for Quantum 7.9 ROM fix
;
; Detailed description of the Quantum problem and solution:
;
; Quantum drives with the firmware version 7.9, has a problem with loosing the last byte
; of a block during a multi-block write. The problem occurs when the time between blocks
; written to the SCSI bus on the CPU side, is greater than 482 microseconds. This may
; occur in situations where there are a lot of interrupts. When conditions are right and
; the problem happens, the last byte of the previous block (in a multi-block transaction),
; is "eaten" by the drive. Any checksum or CRC calculated by the drive is correct,
; because the drive calculates it after the byte has been corrupted. This problem is
; especially frequent when email packages are installed on the Mac, since they generate
; a lot of interrupts which take a long time. This problem only occurs during fast
; writes in the SCSI manager (pseudo-dma mode).
;
; The way the SCSI manager currently works is it gets a TIB packet which contains the
; instructions on how to talk to a particular device. Included in the TIB is when to
; re-synchronize with the drive by waiting for a *REQ. When we see *REQ, the SCSI
; manager then begins the next TIB data transfer instruction and loads a byte of data
; into the 53C80's output register. After the first byte is "manually" sent, the
; hardware handshaking automatically takes care of the *REQ and *ACK handshaking. When
; the TIB write transfer is complete, pseudo-dma is disable, which releases *ACK,
; completing the handshake. This allows the target to assert *REQ when it is ready.
;
; The window of vulnerability is between the last byte of the previous block and the
; first byte of the next block. More correctly, it is between the rising edge of *ACK
; and the falling edge of the next *ACK. Because we release *ACK to synchronize, an
; interrupt may come in and delay the next transfer.
;
; The solution to the problem is to pre-load a data byte into the 53C80's data output
; register before we release *ACK. There are two ways of releasing *ACK: disable pseudo
; dma, and write a byte to the data output register. Leaving pseudo-dma enabled through
; the entire TIB will mean that whenever a *REQ occurs, there will be data available in
; the output register. This means there will be no delay between bytes because the
; hardware is not subject to interrupt delays.
;
; This patch therefore involves patching the TIB interpreter and the fast write routine
; in the SCSI manager. There are five versions of the SCSI manager to patch: Mac Plus,
; SE, Mac II, Portable, and IIci.
;
;_________________________________________________________________________________________
; QuantumWBlindII - patch to NewSCSIWBlind
;
; This code replaces the original SCSIWBlind entry point. The new entry for blind
; writes enables pseudo-dma on a per-transaction basis. Pseudo-dma was previously
; enabled only on a per-TIB-instruction basis. We completely patch out the existing
; ROM and system patch code for blind writes. This includes the TIB interpeter and
; the blind data transfer routine.
;
; Input: reg a3 = base of SCSI read addr
; a6 = SCSI stack frame
; d7 = zero
;
Export QuantumWBlindII
QuantumWBlindII
; This is the entry to the TIB interpeter for blind writes. Enable pseudo-dma mode
; for the duration of the write transaction.
move.b d7,sTCR+WrOffs(a3) ; set to match data out phase (to zero)
move.b #iDMA,sMR+WrOffs(a3) ; enable DMA in mode register
move.b #iDB,sICR+WrOffs(a3) ; assert data bus in initiator command reg
move.b d7,sDMAtx+WrOffs(a3) ; start write DMA
; Start of TIB interpreter
dataCommon
move.l 8(a6),a1 ; get the TIB pointer
bra.s @exec ; tighten loop by branching first
@c_inc
bsr.s FastWriteFix ; go to write blind routine
bne.s @data_end ; if error, bail out
add.l d1,scParam1(a1) ; increment the pointer
; FALL THROUGH to @next_cmd ; continue
@next_cmd
@c_nop ; also NOP, just skip the command
add.w #scSize,a1 ; point to the next TIB instruction
; FALL THROUGH to @exec
@exec
move.w scOpcode(a1),d1 ; get the function opcode
move.l scParam1(a1),a2 ; get the generic address
move.l scParam2(a1),d2 ; get the generic count
cmp.w #maxOpcode,d1 ; valid opcode ?
bhi.s @c_badop ; return err if not
jmp @JmpTable(d1.w*2) ; jump into table
@JmpTable
bra.s @c_badop ; 0 is not a valid opcode
bra.s @c_inc ; 1
bra.s @c_noinc ; 2
bra.s @c_add ; 3
bra.s @c_move ; 4
bra.s @c_loop ; 5
bra.s @c_nop ; 6
bra.s @c_stop ; 7
nop ; 8 not valid
; fall through to @c_badop
@c_badop
moveq.l #scBadparmsErr,d0 ; bad opcode
bra.s @data_end
@c_noinc ; NOINC addr,count
bsr.s FastWriteFix ; go to write blind routine
bne.s @data_end ; if error, exit
bra.s @next_cmd ; else process next command
@c_add ; ADD addr,data
add.l d2,(a2) ; the count added to the address
bra.s @next_cmd ; process the next command
@c_move ; MOVE addr1,addr2
move.l d2,a0 ; get the destination address
move.l (a2),(a0) ; simple enough
bra.s @next_cmd ; process the next command
@c_loop ; LOOP relative addr,count
tst.l d2 ; check for zero loop count
beq.s @next_cmd ; if count is already zero, quit loop
subq.l #1,d2 ; drop the count
move.l d2,scParam2(a1) ; put the count back for next time
beq.s @next_cmd ; if count exhausted, don't loop
add.l a2,a1 ; modify the command pointer
bra.s @exec ; and process the next command
@c_stop
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; indicate no error
; FALL THROUGH to @data_end
@data_end
jmp (ROMDataEnd) ; back to ROM <77> djw
;_________________________________________________________________________________________
; FastWriteFix - patch to FastWrite
;
; This code replaces the low level data transfer routine for fast writes in the SCSI
; manager. It is rewritten to assume psuedo-dma is always on, and to do the device
; synchronization (looking for *REQ and *DRQ), after loading a data byte into the
; output register of the 5380. We don't have to worry about zero-byte transfers. They
; are weeded out in the calling routine (Transfer).
;
; Entry: d2 = number of bytes to transfer
; a2 = ptr to data buffer to transfer
; a3 = base addr of NCR 53C80
;
; Exit: d1 = number of bytes actually transfered. This value is only good if
; the transfer was good with no errors. It is inaccurate when an
; error aborts the transfer.
FastWriteFix
@savedregs Reg d2-d4/a1-a2/a5
; Setup for the transfer by installing our bus exception handler and saving
; registers.
movem.l @savedregs,-(sp)
move.w #5,BusErrCount(a6) ; store upper limit for allowable bus errors <77> djw
lea.l sBSR(a3),a1 ; a1 = sBSR(a3) by convention
lea @Done,a5 ; a5 = return addr if bus excptn
move.l BusErrVct,OldBusErrVct(a6) ; keep old vector
lea @BusErrHandler,a0 ; get addr of exception handler
move.l a0,BusErrVct ; install it in exception table
move.l SCSIHsk,a0 ; point to addr for pseudo-dma (hhsk)
; Check for zero count transactions
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; assume no error
move.l d2,d1 ; make a copy of the count - is it zero ?
beq @Done ; no bytes to xfer - done
; Pre-load the NCR 53C80's output register with a byte of data. If we are in
; the middle of a multi-block write, *ACK is currently asserted. Writing a byte
; to the output register will release *ACK, completing the handshaking, allowing
; the target to assert *REQ.
sub.l #1,d2 ; dec number of bytes to xfer
move.b (a2)+,(a0) ; write data byte to output register
; With *ACK released, determine if the target is in sync. We cannot look for
; *REQ to be asserted, because the target may have already accepted the data byte
; and released *REQ at this point. We can sync on DRQ which will signal when
; the NCR 53C80 is ready to accept a data byte, meaning a *REQ from the target
; must have already occurred and our data byte was taken.
@syncWait
btst.b #bDMAR,(a1) ; check bus & status reg for DRQ
bne.s @doWrite ; DRQ present - sync-ed up so proceed
btst.b #bREQ,sCSR(a3) ; no DRQ - is *REQ present ?
beq.s @syncWait ; no *REQ yet - wait for sync
btst.b #bPM,(a1) ; with *REQ, check phase lines
bne.s @syncWait ; still in data out phase - wait
moveq.l #0,d1 ; out of phase - did not xfer any bytes
moveq.l #scPhaseErr,d0 ; return error
bra.s @Done ; exit
; Perform the write to the SCSI chip. First align the bytes to longs, then
; align them to 32 byte chunks. Transfer the bulk of the data in 32 byte
; blocks.
; Reg d2.l = number of bytes to move
@doWrite
cmpi.l #3,d2 ; check for very short copy
bls.s @veryShort ; skip alignment if very short
move.l a2,d0 ; get addr of data buffer
andi.l #$00000003,d0 ; check for long word alignment
beq.s @Aligned ; if no alignment needed
subq.l #4,d0 ; bias by 4 to get correct index
jmp @Aligned(d0.w*2) ; do the alignment
move.b (a2)+,(a0) ; move a byte
move.b (a2)+,(a0) ; move a byte
move.b (a2)+,(a0) ; move a byte
@Aligned
add.l d0,d2 ; adjust the byte count (d0 = neg)
move.l d2,d4 ; save tail byte count
lsr.w #2,d2 ; adjust to number of longs to move
moveq.l #7,d0 ; mask for starting index
and.l d2,d0 ; number of long words to move first
neg.w d0 ; negate to index backwards
lsr.l #3,d2 ; number of 32 byte blocks to move
move.l d2,d3 ; get number of 32*64K byte blks to move
swap d3 ; count in low word
jmp @CopyStart(d0.w*2) ; jump into the loop
@CopyLoop move.l (a2)+,(a0) ; move a 32 byte block of data....
move.l (a2)+,(a0) ; ... 4 bytes at a time
move.l (a2)+,(a0)
move.l (a2)+,(a0)
move.l (a2)+,(a0)
move.l (a2)+,(a0)
move.l (a2)+,(a0)
move.l (a2)+,(a0)
@CopyStart dbra d2,@CopyLoop ; loop in chunks of 32 bytes
dbra d3,@CopyLoop ; loop in chunks of 32*64K bytes
andi.l #$00000003,d4 ; check for tail alignment
move.l d4,d2 ; d2 = number of bytes remaining
@veryShort
neg.w d2 ; negate to index backwards
jmp @Remaining(d2.w*2) ; write remaining bytes
move.b (a2)+,(a0) ; move a byte
move.b (a2)+,(a0) ; move a byte
move.b (a2)+,(a0) ; move a byte
@Remaining
; Before exiting this routine, make sure that the peripheral has actually accepted
; the data byte. Wait for a DRQ (meaning the SCSI chip is ready for another byte)
; before exiting.
@DoneWait
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; set good return
btst.b #bDMAR,(a1) ; check for DRQ (a1 = sBSR(a3))
bne.s @Done ; if DRQ, peripheral got the byte
btst.b #bREQ,sCSR(a3) ; no DRQ - is *REQ present ?
beq.s @DoneWait ; no *REQ yet - wait for it
btst.b #bPM,(a1) ; are we still in phase ?
bne.s @DoneWait ; if so, keep waiting
@Done
move.l OldBusErrVct(a6),BusErrVct ; restore previous Bus Error vector
movem.l (sp)+,@savedregs
tst.w d0 ; set the condition codes
rts ; we're done
;_________________________________________________________________________________________
; BusErrHandler - SCSI manager's bus exception handler for blind writes
;
; The SCSI manager patches out the bus exception vector during blind transfers. If
; a device fails to handshake within 4 microseconds, we get a bus exception. Retry
; the access to the SCSI chip a set number of times. If we exceed the rety count,
; then pop the exception stack frame and fake a short frame on the stack. Return
; from exception a given location.
;
; Input: a5 = addr to return to if retries expire
; a6 = SCSI manager locals
;
; Trashes reg d0 if retry expires
;
@BusErrHandler
move.l d0,-(sp) ; save d0
; Access to a number of SCSI addresses could cause a bus exception. Mask off the low
; bits of the fault address to get the base address. If it matches the SCSI chip's
; base address
moveq.l #$ffffff9c,d0 ; mask = $ffffff9c
and.l 4+$10(sp),d0 ; clear variable bits of the fault address
cmp.l SCSIHsk,d0 ; was it a SCSI chip access ?
beq.s @start ; if so, start processing the bus error
move.l (sp)+,d0 ; restore d0
move.l OldBusErrVct(a6),-(sp) ; jump to original handler
rts
; At this point, we believe the exception was caused by the SCSI manager. Decrement
; the re-try count. Continue re-trying the access until the count expires. Delay
; 62 microseconds between re-trys to allow the device to get its act together.
@start
subq.w #1,BusErrCount(a6) ; retry until we get tired
beq.s @CleanUp
move.w TimeDBRA,d0 ; DBRA's per millisecond
lsr.w #4,d0 ; 1ms/16 = approximately 62us (was 50us)
@ErrWait dbra d0,@ErrWait ; recovery time (was 50us)
move.l (sp)+,d0 ; restore d0
rte ; haven't reached max, so restart
; The device access failed past the retry count. Pop the bus exception stack
; frame and fake a short exception frame.
@CleanUp
addq.l #4,sp ; throw away copy of d0 on stack
move.w (sp),d0 ; get sr from the stack
adda.w #46*2,sp ; dispose of the 46-word frame
move.w #0,-(sp) ; format code 0 (four word frame)
move.l a5,-(sp) ; new return address
move.w d0,-(sp) ; sr value
; Determine whether this was a phase change or a device timeout from hardware handshaking
moveq.l #scBusTOErr,d0 ; assume a slow peripheral
btst.b #bREQ,sCSR(a3) ; is *REQ present ?
beq.s @ErrorDone ; no *REQ - assume timeout error
btst.b #bPM,sBSR(a3) ; phase change?
bne.s @ErrorDone ; no phase change
moveq.l #scPhaseErr,d0 ; return phase change error
@ErrorDone
rte ; 'return' from the fake exception
Endp
; end of SCSI patch
;
;___________________________________________________________________________
;____________________________________________________________________________ CCH <3.2>
; Record to describe gestalt function parameters
;
; Used by the following two gestalt patches <3.2> and <2.5>
;
gestaltParmFrame record {oldA6},decrement
result ds.w 1 ; OSErr
argSize equ *-8
gestaltSelector ds.l 1 ; packed array [1..4] of char
gestaltResult ds.l 1 ; addr of longint result
return ds.l 1
oldA6 ds.l 1
localFrame equ *
endR
;____________________________________________________________________________ CCH <3.2>
; Gestalt function for gestaltQuickdrawVersion
;
; The following is a patch to the gestaltQuickdrawVersion selector.
;
; Routine gestaltQDVers (
; gestaltSelector: OSType; = PACKED ARRAY [1..4] OF CHAR;
; VAR gestaltResult: Longint;
; ): OSErr; = Integer;
;
gestaltQD32Vers PROC EXPORT
with gestaltParmFrame
link a6,#localFrame
clr.l -(sp) ;make room for result
_OffScreenVersion
move.l gestaltResult(a6),a0 ; get address to place result
move.l (sp)+, d0 ; get QD version from GWorld
add.w #$100, d0
move.l d0, (a0) ; return version number for ci
move.w #noErr,result(a6) ; return no error
unlk a6
move.l (sp)+,a0 ; get return value
add.l #argSize,sp ; restore stack pointer
jmp (a0) ; return
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB091 Cxxx 8Mar87 RDC PowerOff OS:InterruptHandlers.a
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 8Mar87 #PB091 (PowerOff) (PowerOff)
;
; PB541 Cxxx 22jul88 rwh PowerOff OS:InterruptHandlers.a
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 22jul88 PB541 (PowerOff) (PowerOff)
;
; Interrupt Handler patch for Power button interrupt. This patch fixes
; problem of turning system off from rear power button. If the button
; is depressed for too long the system will power off and then turn right
; back on. To fix the problem we wait for the button to be released before
; actually powering off the system. Also use timing constant to do about
; a half second delay before poweroff - fixed constant used instead of system
; determined value (i.e., TimeDBRA) for safety reasons.
; <PB541> Fix things so that PowerOff trap RETURNS if the machine didn't power off. This
; lets us use the Mac II ROM (actually, the Mac IIx ROM) in machines like Fafnir which
; do not have a soft power-off feature. The ShutDown code call to PowerOff conveniently
; is followed by the 'Its safe to Restart' dialog box code.
;
; <PB541> Note that we changed the TRAP vector to point to a different place than the
; power button interrupt vector, so we can still do the debounce/RTE code that was
; already here (Why the RTE stuff? Who knows, but don't change it cuz Mac II's do work).
; The trap now points to a place where we can to an rts. In the power button interrupt
; case on Mac II's, the two second delay should be ample time for the machine to power
; off before executing the rts (with a bogus return address cuz there is an interrupt
; stack frame on the stack, not a return address)
;
; OMIT FROM A/UX
;____________________________________________________________________________________
IF (&TYPE('vBase2') = 'UNDEFINED') THEN ; <6.2> Needed for Mac II Patch file
vBase2 EQU $50f02000 ; <6.2>
ENDIF ; <6.2>
NewPowerOff PROC EXPORT
EXPORT PowerOff ; <PB541>
ROMPowerOff EQU $408062EE ; ROM PowerOff address
OnemsDBRA EQU $0A3C ; about one ms DBRA loop (same as TimeDBRA)
PowerBtn BSET #6,NMIFlag ; use bit in NMIFlag as indicator
BNE.S PowerRTE ; skip if already in routine
; (button still depressed)
move.w #$2500,SR ; drop level to allow switch debounce <PB541>
bsr.s PowerOff ; attempt suicide (Fafnir won't) <PB541>
PowerRTE RTE ; just return until button released <PB541>
; entry point used by shutdown trap
PowerOff movem.l a0/d0-d1,-(sp) ; save regs, in case no soft poweroff <PB541>
CLR.L D0 ; clear for use
MOVE.W #OnemsDBRA,D0 ; get 1ms constant
MULU.W #500,D0 ; setup half second delay
MOVE.L D0,D1 ; save result
SWAP D1 ; setup high word
@1 DBRA D0,@1 ; decrement low word
DBRA D1,@1 ; then high word
;<PB541> JMP ROMPowerOff ; go back to ROM to do poweroff <PB541>
bsr.s Pause2Sec ; wait before dying <PB541>
MOVE.L #VBase2,A0 ; get base address of VIA2 <PB541>
BCLR.B #v2PowerOff,vBufB(A0) ; set VIA bits for poweroff <PB541>
BSET.B #v2PowerOff,vDirB(A0) ; goodbye... <PB541>
bsr.s Pause2Sec ; wait before rising from the dead <PB541>
movem.l (sp)+,a0/d0-d1 ; unsave regs, in case no soft poweroff <PB541>
rts ; this rts gets executed on machines <PB541>
; that don't have soft power-off <PB541>
; so ShutDown falls into 'safe to <PB541>
; restart' dialog <PB541>
Pause2Sec MOVEQ #OneSecConst*2,D0 ; setup twosec delay <PB541>
SWAP D0 ; to debounce button <PB541>
@1 SUBQ.L #1,D0 ; <PB541>
BNE.S @1 ; <PB541>
rts
ENDPROC
**********************************************************************************
* PB136 GetNewControl GetNewControl
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 24Mar87 #PB136 (GetNewControl) (GetNewControl)
;
* 24Mar87 JTC Patch GetNewControl to fix first instruction, that is, patch to
* use even-sized stack frame.
**********************************************************************************
MyGetNewControl PROC
ROMGNC2 EQU $1538A ; <PB302>
link a6,#-2 ; take two bytes, even if need just one
jmpRom ROMGNC2
ENDPROC
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
; PABM150 28Mar87 JTC&JAF New SysEnvirons call.
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 28Mar87 #PABM150 (SysEnvirons) (SysEnvirons)
;
INCLUDE 'SysEnvirons.a' ;<PMAB449>
*************************************************************************
* PB172 Patch Pack4 to fix Pack4 as implemented in ROM. In case of bin 2 dec
* conversion, signaled by opword bits $0B, clear bit #30 of D3 (or all bits, if
* you please) for use as an internal variable. By its nature, this patch should
* work (or cause no problems) for ANY version of Pack4, so we neednÕt test whether
* weÕre in the ROM version or not. Without this patch, numbers may be too
* small by 1ulp in decimal, so that 100 is 99.9999999 and the hideous like.
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 01jan1904 #PB172 (Pack4) (Pack4)
;
*************************************************************************
myPack4 proc
MOVEM.L D0/A0-A1,-(SP) ; two work regs and a slot for the pack address
@P4Retry
MOVE.L AppPacks+16,D0 ; low-mem handle
BEQ.S @P4NoHand ; no handle, no speed
MOVEA.L D0,A0 ; need to deref
MOVE.L (A0),8(SP) ; alleged ptr into rts cell
BEQ.S @P4LoadIt ; purged, no speed
BRA.S @P4GotIt
@P4NoHand ; get it the old-fashioned way
CLR.L -(SP) ; room for handle
MOVE.L #'PACK',-(SP) ;
MOVE.W #4,-(SP) ;
MOVE.W #MapTrue,ROMMapInsert ; use ROM map as well
_GetResource
MOVE.L (SP)+,AppPacks+16
BNE.S @P4Retry
@P4Die
MOVEQ #21,D0 ; Pack4notfound
_SysError ; out of luck this time...
@P4LoadIt
MOVE.L A0,-(SP) ; handle
MOVE.W #MapTrue,ROMMapInsert ; use ROM map as well
_LoadResource
MOVE.L (A0),8(SP) ; jam address of package
BEQ.S @P4Die ; if not loaded out of luck
@P4GotIt
MOVEQ #$1F,D0 ; mask for opcode bits
AND.W 16(SP),D0 ; D0<A0<ADRS<RET<opword<3longs
CMPI.B #$0B,D0 ; is it bin2dec?
BNE.S @P4Safe ; if not, go on as usual
; Now munge frame to save d3 across call, return to patch, and strip all
; extraneous parameters.
MOVEM.L (SP)+,D0/A0 ; stack: pack<rts<opword<3longs
MOVE.L D3,-(SP) ; save d3 across the dreaded call
MOVE.L 22(SP),-(SP) ; R3<d3<pack<rts<op<3longs
MOVE.L 22(SP),-(SP) ; R2<R3<d3<pack<rts<op<3longs
MOVE.L 22(SP),-(SP) ; R1<R2<R3<d3<pack<rts<op<3longs
MOVE.W 24(SP),-(SP) ; op<R1<R2<R3<d3<pack<rts<op<3longs
PEA @P4cleanUp ; now have new stack frame
MOVE.L 22(SP),-(SP) ; pack<ourrts<op<R1<R2<R3<d3<pack<rts<op<3longs
MOVEQ #0,D3 ; dummy up internal variable LostDigitFlag
RTS ; off to Pack4 at last!
@P4cleanUp ; resume here with d3<pack<rts<op<3longs
MOVE.L (SP)+,D3 ; restore our friend
ADDQ.L #4,SP ; strip pack, leaving rts<op<3longs
MOVE.L (SP),14(SP) ; op<2longs<rts
ADDA.W #14,SP ; rts
RTS ; back to original caller
@P4Safe
MOVEM.L (SP)+,D0/A0 ; restore work regs
RTS ; branch to package with clean stack
endproc ; myPack4
; ******************************************************************************************
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 16Jul87 #PB206 (PatConvert) (SetCCursor)
PatConvert PROC EXPORT
;-------------------------------------------------------------
;
; Replace PatConvert to fix a bug in SetCCursor
;
; BUG8: A2 would be trashed while expanding the cursor's
; data, and then be used in the multiple device loop (crash!).
FromSetCC EQU $1AF5C ;Return address we want <PB302>
ROMPatCvt EQU $1F36A ;Routine we're patching <PB302>
ROMA2ok EQU $1AF8C ;Where to go when done <PB302>
EXTBL EQU $22C16 ;Table of expand routines<<PB266 BAL 08Sep87>><PB302>
CMPRA FromSetCC,(SP) ;called by setCCursor? <<PB242 BAL 24Aug87>><PB302>
;used to be #ROMPatCvt <<PB242 BAL 24Aug87>>
BNE.S @NotUs ;=> no, continue
ADDQ #4,SP ;strip old return address
PEA @Patch ;and push new address
@NotUs JMPROM ROMPatCvt ;call the real routine <PB302>
@Patch MOVE.L (SP)+,THEGDEVICE ;RESTORE GRAFDEVICE
; EXPAND THE MASK TO THE CURRENT DEPTH
MOVE D3,D0 ;GET DEPTH
MOVEQ #0,D1 ;DEFAULT SHIFT = 0
@NXTSHFT1 LSR #1,D0 ;CHECK NEXT DEPTH BIT
BCS.S @GOTSHFT1 ;=>GOT SHIFT
ADDQ #1,D1 ;ELSE ADD ONE TO SHIFT
BRA.S @NXTSHFT1 ;LOOP UNTIL WE HIT A ONE
@GOTSHFT1 MOVE.L A2,-(SP) ;preserve A2 across expansion
LEA THECRSR+MASK,A0 ;SRC = CURSOR MASK
MOVE.L ([GDCCXMASK,A4]),A1 ;POINT TO EXPANDED MASK (LOCKED)
MOVE.L A1,A2 ;GET START OF DST BUFFER
MOVE #32,D0 ;GET #BYTES OF SOURCE
LSL D1,D0 ;MULTIPLY BY DEPTH
ADD D0,A2 ;POINT TO END OF BUFFER
LEA ([ROMBASE],EXTBL),A3 ;POINT TO ROUTINE TABLE <PB302>
ADD 0(A3,D1*2),A3 ;USE DEPTH TO SELECT ROUTINE
MOVEQ #0,D0 ;CLEAR HIGH PART OF D0
JSR (A3) ;EXPAND 32*DEPTH BYTES
MOVE.L (SP)+,A2 ;restore A2
JMPROM ROMA2ok ;=> return with A2 restored <PB302>
;___________________________________________________________________________
; PB212 CXXX 20Jul87 DAF GetNewCWindow
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 20Jul87 #PB212 (GetNewCWindow) (GetNewCWindow)
;
;
; FUNCTION GetNewCWindow(windowID: INTEGER; wStorage: Ptr; behind: windowPtr):windowPtr;
;
; GetNewWindow allocates a new window using the parameters contained
; in the "WIND" resource specified by the windowID
;
myGetNewCWindow PROC EXPORT
GetWDone EQU $15338 ; <PB302>
NoGetNew1 EQU $1537A ; <PB302>
result EQU 18 ; parameter equates
winID EQU 16
wStor EQU 12
behind EQU 8
VisState EQU -1 ; flag for resource's vis state <C314/31Oct86> DAF
Align EQU -2 ; another byte to re-align stack frame <C666/22Jan87> DAF
LINK A6,#Align ; build stack frame
MOVE.L A3,-(SP) ; preserve a work register
CLR.L result(A6) ; set result to NIL
SUBQ #4,SP ; make space for result
MOVE.L #'WIND',-(SP) ; push resource class "WIND"
MOVE.W winID(A6),-(SP) ; push window ID
_GetResource ; get the resource
MOVE.L (SP)+,A3 ; keep handle in A3
MOVE.L A3,D0 ; did we get one?
BNE.S @1 ; if so, continue <PB212>
JMPROM NoGetNew1 ; if not, don't allocate one <PB302>
@1
MOVE.L (A3),A0 ; keep pointer in A0
;
; OK, we got the parameter block so call NewWindow to allocate the window
;
SUBQ #4,SP ; make space for result
MOVE.L wStor(A6),-(SP) ; push wStorage
MOVE.L A0,-(SP) ; push pointer to boundsRect
PEA 18(A0) ; push pointer to title
MOVE.B 10(A0),VisState(A6) ; keep original vis state <A353/05Nov86> DAF
CLR.W -(SP) ; push vis FALSE <A353/05Nov86> DAF
MOVE.W 8(A0),-(SP) ; push procID <A353/05Nov86> DAF
MOVE.L behind(A6),-(SP) ; push "behind"
MOVE.W 12(A0),-(SP) ; push GoAway flag
MOVE.L 14(A0),-(SP) ; push the refCon
MOVEA.L A3,A0 ; handle <C169>
_HLock ; trash D0 <C169>
_NewCWindow ; allocate a color window <C106 EHB>
clr.l -(sp) ; make room for palette handle <erich>
move winID(a6),-(SP) ; push window ID <erich>
_GetNewPalette ; fetchez la palette <erich>
move.l (sp)+,d0 ; well? <erich>
Beq.S NoWindowPltt ; sorry, no automatic palette today AWC.PB459
Move.L D0,A0 ; get the palette AWC.PB459
Move.L (A0),A0 ; dereference it AWC.PB459
Move PmPrivate(A0),D1 ; grab the update bits AWC.PB459
Lsr #1,D1 ; put them in position AWC.PB459
BSet #NNewBit,D1 ; use the new CUpdates format AWC.PB459
BSet #DisposeBit,PmPrivate(A0) ; set for automatic disposal AWC.PB459
move.l (sp),-(sp) ; push the window <erich>
move.l d0,-(sp) ; push the palette <erich>
move D1,-(sp) ; push cUpdates AWC.PB459
_SetPalette ; <erich>
NoWindowPltt ; AWC.PB459
JMPROM GetWDone ; and back to the ROM <PB212/DAF> <PB302>
ENDPROC
;___________________________________________________________________________
; PB217 CXXX 22Jul87 BAL RSECT
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 22Jul87 #PB217 (RSECT) (DrawLine)
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 22Sep87 #PB286 (RSECT) (DrText)
;
;
; 2 Patches to RSect to fix bug in DrawLine, DrText
;
; DrawLine fast case is taken for black or white patterned single
; pixel horizontal or vertical lines. The test for black or white patterns
; in the ROM DrawLine is incompatible with new patterns. This patch
; allows fastline to be used in CGrafPorts.
;
; When skipping the shieldCursor call for offscreen pixmaps, drText branched <<PB286>>
; to NotFast instead of GetPtrs. This resulted in all offscreen drawing unnecessarily <<PB286>>
; taking the slow text drawing case--furthermore crashes would occur if the offscreen drawing <<PB286>>
; was to a multibit pixmap. <<PB286>>
;
;------------------------------------------------------------------
;___________________________________________________________________________
; PB286 CXXX 22Sep87 BAL RSECT
;
;
; 1st Patch to RSect to fix bug in DrText
;
; When skipping the shieldCursor call for offscreen pixmaps, drText branched <<PB286>>
; to NotFast instead of GetPtrs. This resulted in all offscreen drawing unnecessarily <<PB286>>
; taking the slow text drawing case--furthermore crashes would occur if the offscreen drawing <<PB286>>
; was to a multibit pixmap. <<PB286>>
;
; PB362
;
; Extend this patch to fix fractional pen positioning in new ports
;------------------------------------------------------------------------
MyTextFix PROC EXPORT
;------------------------------------------------------------
;
; PROCEDURE DrText(count: INTEGER; textAddr: Ptr; numer,denom: Point);
;
; DRAWS CHARACTERS INTO THE CURRENT PORT'S BITMAP.
; THE FONT AND ATTRIBUTES ARE GIVEN IN THE CURRENT PORT'S CHARSTYLE.
;
oldIteration EQU 0
;-------------------------------------------
;
; KERNED STRIKE FONT FORMAT OFFSETS:
;
FORMAT EQU 0 ;WORD
MINCHAR EQU 2 ;WORD
MAXCHAR EQU 4 ;WORD
MAXWD EQU 6 ;WORD
FBBOX EQU 8 ;WORD fKernMax
FBBOY EQU 10 ;WORD save as nDescent; unused except as high owTLoc
FBBDX EQU 12 ;WORD fRectWidth
FBBDY EQU 14 ;WORD fRectHeight
LENGTH EQU 16 ;WORD owTLoc
ASCENTVAL EQU 18 ;WORD
DESCENTVAL EQU 20 ;WORD
XOFFSET EQU 22 ;WORD leading
RASTER EQU 24 ;WORD rowWords
;------------------------------------------------------
;
; A6 OFFSETS OF PARAMETERS AFTER LINK:
;
PARAMSIZE EQU 14 ;SIZE OF PARAMETERS
CHARCOUNT EQU PARAMSIZE+8-2 ;WORD
TEXTADDR EQU CHARCOUNT-4 ;LONG
NUMER EQU TEXTADDR-4 ;LONG, POINT
DENOM EQU NUMER-4 ;LONG, POINT
;-----------------------------------------------------------
;
; A6 OFFSETS OF LOCAL VARIABLES AFTER LINK:
;
SAVESTK EQU -4 ;long stack before allocating buffers
TEXTRECT EQU SAVESTK-8 ;RECT original bounding rect
TEXTR2 EQU TEXTRECT-8 ;RECT copy of textRext used by maprect
MINRECT EQU TEXTR2-8 ;RECT minimum rect for clipping
BUFEND EQU MINRECT-4 ;LONG where the offscreen buffer ends
BUFSIZE EQU BUFEND-2 ;WORD the size of the offscreen buffer
BUFROW EQU BUFSIZE-2 ;WORD the rowBytes for the offscreen buffer
BUF2START EQU BUFROW-4 ;LONG second buffer used for shadow
BUF2END EQU BUF2START-4 ;LONG where shadow buffer ends
BUFLEFT EQU BUF2END-2 ;WORD output left edge
HEIGHT EQU BUFLEFT-2 ;WORD font fRectHeight copy
SRCPTR EQU HEIGHT-4 ;LONG used only in wide character case as temp
DSTPTR EQU SRCPTR-4 ;LONG used only in wide character case as temp
BUFSTART EQU DSTPTR-4 ;LONG \ start of bits buffer
SRCADDR EQU BUFSTART-4 ;LONG >- these 3 grouped: address of font bits
SRCROW EQU SRCADDR-4 ;LONG / rowbytes of font bits
maskStart EQU SRCROW-4 ;LONG \ start of mask buffer
maskAddr EQU maskStart-4 ;LONG >- these 3 grouped: address of mask bits
mSrcRow EQU maskAddr-4 ;LONG / rowbytes of mask bits
FROMRECT EQU mSrcRow-8 ;RECT mapRect parameter
TORECT EQU FROMRECT-8 ;RECT mapRect parameter
PENLOC EQU TORECT-4 ;POINT copy of original pnLoc
SPWIDTH EQU PENLOC-4 ;FIXED POINT width of space
CHARLOC EQU SPWIDTH-4 ;FIXED POINT fractional pen position
HEIGHTAB EQU CHARLOC-4 ;LONG pointer to font height table
WIDTAB EQU HEIGHTAB-4 ;LONG pointer to font offset/width table
LOCTAB EQU WIDTAB-4 ;LONG pointer to font location table
SAVEA5 EQU LOCTAB-4 ;LONG register saved so can be reused
characterExtra EQU SAVEA5-4 ;LONG fixed point extra added to each character
maskBitsPtr EQU characterExtra-4 ;LONG pointer to maskBits, sourcePix, or 0
bkCol EQU maskBitsPtr-4 ;LONG full of the background color
leftBack EQU bkCol-4 ;LONG bkCol masked to the left part of the character
rightBack EQU leftBack-4 ;LONG bkCol masked to the right part of the character
REALBOUNDS EQU rightBack-4 ;LONG USED FOR SHIELDCURSOR
leftOffset EQU REALBOUNDS-8 ;2 LONGs offset used by bit field instructions in charblt
maskSize EQU leftOffset-2 ;WORD size of mask buffer
mBufRow EQU maskSize-2 ;WORD \ these 2 mask buffer row size
maskBlts EQU mBufRow-6 ;3 WORDS / grouped: saved state for mask blit
FAKERGN EQU maskBlts-10 ;RECTANGULAR REGION
FAKEPTR EQU FAKERGN-4 ;LONG, FAKE MASTER POINTER
INFO EQU FAKEPTR-8 ;4 WORDS font info record returned by txMeasure (unused)
NUMER2 EQU INFO-4 ;Point copy of numer for iterative case
DENOM2 EQU NUMER2-4 ;Point copy of denom for iterative case
charsRemain EQU DENOM2-2 ;word remaining characters to draw in iterative case
SRCBITS EQU charsRemain-14 ;bitMap input to shadow stretchBits, bitsToPix
SRCPIX EQU SRCBITS-(PMREC+CTREC+20) ;pixMap input to normal stretchbits
maskBits EQU SRCPIX-14 ;bitMap input to bitsToPix for font mask
DSTPIX EQU maskBits-(PMREC+CTREC+20) ;pixMap destination
FASTFLAG EQU DSTPIX-1 ;BYTE flag set if source ORing to screen is OK
maskFont EQU FASTFLAG-1 ;byte flag set if a maskFont is available + requested
STRETCH EQU maskFont-1 ;BOOLEAN flag set if numerator not equal denominator
HEIGHTFLAG EQU STRETCH-1 ;byte flag set if font has a height table
TOPHT EQU HEIGHTFLAG-2 ;word character top & height from font or clip
MAXMIN EQU TOPHT-2 ;word number of characters in font
MINCH EQU MAXMIN-2 ;word first character in font
bitDepth EQU MINCH-2 ;word \ These two bits per pixel in font
bkCol1 EQU bitDepth-2 ;word / grouped. 1 pixel worth of background color
italicSlop EQU bkCol1-2 ;word extra width due to italic, bold, outline, shadow
kernAdjust EQU italicSlop-2 ;word left kerning due to kerning and italic
penLocHFrac EQU kernAdjust-2 ;word fractional pen position for recursive calls
longCount EQU penLocHFrac-2 ;word loop counter for doMove
charWidth EQU longCount-2 ;word width in pixels of current character blt
stackOffset EQU charWidth-2 ;word 2 if stack was word aligned before link
countCopy EQU stackOffset-2 ;word copy of character count, decremented as drawn
CRSRFLAG EQU countCopy-2 ;WORD
locMode EQU CRSRFLAG-2 ;word copy of text mode, adjusted if arith. + 1 bit
bitShift EQU locMode-2 ;word how far to shift to multiply by bitDepth
orNotOK EQU bitShift-1 ;Boolean true if bit extract/insert must be used instead
notMaskPass EQU orNotOK-1 ;Boolean true if blit is not creating font mask
textCopyMode EQU notMaskPass-1 ;Boolean true if blit must use extract/insert
orMode EQU textCopyMode-1 ;Boolean true if mode is srcOr & forecolor is black
colorSource EQU orMode-1 ;Boolean true if font contains colors (nonblack/white)
saveHilite EQU colorSource-1 ;byte saved hilite flag for iterative state
VARSIZE EQU (((colorSource+1)/4)-1)*4 ;SIZE OF VARIABLES long aligned
ROMRSect equ $1d58a ;ROM RSect code <PB302>
fromROMDrText equ $1a238 ;ROM RSect call return address <PB302>
ROMgoOn equ $1a562 ;ROM normal re-entry point <PB302>
ROMIterate equ $19f7e ;ROM iteration re-entry point <PB302>
ROMGoHome equ $1ab64 ;ROM do nothing re-entry point <PB302>
; _RSECT ;CALC INTERSECTION
;Do rsect then come back to us
comeBack
bne.s continue ;yes, non-empty intersection
goHome JMPROM ROMGoHome ;QUIT IF NO INTERSECTION
continue
MOVE (SP)+,textR2+right(A6) ;restore text right
;
; Set up srcAddr, srcRow, and height
;
LEA 26(A2),A0 ;GET START OF FONT BITMAP
MOVE.L A0,SRCADDR(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
MOVEQ #0,D1 ;zero high word
MOVE RASTER(A2),D1 ;GET WORDS PER ROW IN FONT
MOVE bitShift(A6),D0
LSL.L D0,D1 ;scale up font rowWords
ADD.L D1,D1 ;DOUBLE FOR BYTES PER ROW
MOVE.L D1,SRCROW(A6) ;REMEMBER FOR LATER
MOVE FBBDY(A2),HEIGHT(A6) ;SETUP HEIGHT FOR LATER
;
; Test for fast case:
; not stretched, no color mapping, txMode = srcOr, same bits per pixel
; not bold, italic, underlined, outlined or shadowed,
; visRgn and clipRgn both rectangular.
;
TST.W 6(A4) ;TEST BOLD AND ITALIC
BNE NOTFAST ;NOT FAST UNLESS BOTH ZERO
TST.B orMode(A6) ;IS TEXT MODE SRCOR ? (or srcCopy + mask, see above)
BEQ NOTFAST ;NO, NOT FAST
TST.W 10(A4) ;TEST ULTHICK AND SHADOW
BNE NOTFAST ;NOT FAST UNLESS BOTH ZERO
TST.B STRETCH(A6) ;IS TEXT STRETCHED ?
BNE NOTFAST ;YES, NOT FAST
MOVE.L ([CLIPRGN,A3]),A0 ;GET CLIPRGN HANDLE, dereferenced
MOVEQ #10,D0
CMP RGNSIZE(A0),D0 ;IS CLIPRGN RECTANGULAR ?
BNE NOTFAST ;NO, NOT FAST
MOVEQ #1,D0
MOVE bitShift(A6),D1 ;get the depth of the source map
LSL D1,D0 ;turn into 1 ÉÊ8
CMP DSTPIX+PIXELSIZE(A6),D0 ;same depth per pixel?
BNE NOTFAST ;=>NOPE
MOVE.L VISRGN(A3),A1 ;GET VISRGN HANDLE
MOVE.L (A1),A0 ;DE-REFERENCE IT
CMP RGNSIZE(A0),D0 ;IS VISRGN RECTANGULAR ?
BEQ.S FAST ;YES, TAKE FAST OPTIMIZATION
;
; All systems go except for VisRgn not rectangular.
; Check if visRgn sect minRect is rectangular.
; IF TrimRect(visRgn,minRect) THEN take the fast way.
;
MOVE.L A1,-(SP) ;PUSH VISRGN
PEA MINRECT(A6) ;PUSH MINRECT
JSR ([$E00+$329*4]) ;_TRIMRECT ;CALL TRIMRECT
BLT.s GOHOME ;quit if intersection empty
BGT NOTFAST ;continue if non-rectangular
;
; Fast case, go directly to screen.
; If text is clipped vertically, then clear heightflag and update TOPHT
;
FAST ST FASTFLAG(A6) ;REMEMBER WE'RE GOING FAST
CLR.B maskFont(A6) ;no need for second mask pass in fast case
CLR.L bkCol(A6) ;zero out back color long
MOVE MINRECT+TOP(A6),D0 ;GET MINRECT.TOP
MOVE MINRECT+BOTTOM(A6),D1 ;GET MINRECT.BOTTOM
SUB TEXTRECT+TOP(A6),D0 ;was top clipped ?
BNE.S VCLIP ;yes, handle clip
CMP TEXTRECT+BOTTOM(A6),D1 ;was bottom clipped ?
BEQ.S VCLIPOK ;no, continue
VCLIP CLR.B HEIGHTFLAG(A6) ;can't use height table
MOVE.B D0,TOPHT(A6) ;use adjusted top
SUB MINRECT+TOP(A6),D1 ;calc clipped height
MOVE.B D1,TOPHT+1(A6) ;replace TOPHT
VCLIPOK MOVE TEXTRECT+TOP(A6),D0 ;GET DST TOP
SUB DSTPIX+BOUNDS+TOP(A6),D0 ;CONVERT TO GLOBAL COORDINATES
MOVE DSTPIX+ROWBYTES(A6),D1 ;GET ROWBYTES
AND #RBMASK,D1 ;CLEAR OFF FLAG BITS
MULS D1,D0 ;MULT BY ROWBYTES
ADD.L DSTPIX+BASEADDR(A6),D0 ;ADD START OF DST BITMAP
MOVE.L D0,BUFSTART(A6) ;SET UP BUFSTART FOR LATER
MOVE D1,BUFROW(A6) ;SET UP BUFROW FOR LATER
MOVE DSTPIX+BOUNDS+LEFT(A6),BUFLEFT(A6) ;REMEMBER BUFLEFT
MOVE.L THEGDEVICE,A0 ;GET CURRENT DEVICE
MOVE.L (A0),A0 ;POINT AT IT
MOVE.L GDPMAP(A0),A0 ;GET ITS PIXMAP
MOVE.L (A0),A0 ;POINT AT IT
MOVE.L BASEADDR(A0),D0 ;GET BASE OF SCREEN
CMP.L DSTPIX+BASEADDR(A6),D0 ;DRAWING TO SCREEN?
SEQ CRSRFLAG(A6) ;IF SO, SET FLAG
bne GETPTRS ;=>NO, so just skip skieldCursor--don't go slow! <PB362>
PEA MINRECT(A6) ;PUSH SHIELD RECT
MOVE.L REALBOUNDS(A6),-(SP) ;PUSH DELTA FOR GLOBAL
JSR ([$E00+$55*4]) ;_SHIELDCURSOR ;HIDE CURSOR IF IT INTERSECTS
;_____________________________________________________________________
;
; <<Begin PB362 BAL>>
BRA GETPTRS
;
; Slow case: Setup for an off-screen buffer.
;
; Calc bufLeft: (LONG-align to avoid shift)
;
NOTFAST SF FASTFLAG(A6) ;NOT GOING DIRECTLY TO SCREEN
MOVE TEXTRECT+LEFT(A6),D0 ;GET TEXTRECT LEFT
SUB DSTPIX+BOUNDS+LEFT(A6),D0 ;CONVERT TO GLOBAL
AND #$FFE0,D0 ;TRUNC TO LONG BOUND
ADD DSTPIX+BOUNDS+LEFT(A6),D0 ;RETURN TO LOCAL COORDS
MOVE D0,BUFLEFT(A6) ;REMEMBER FOR LATER
;
; Calculate buffer size
;
MOVEQ #0,D1 ;clear high word
MOVE TEXTRECT+RIGHT(A6),D1 ;BUFRIGHT := TEXTRECT RIGHT
SUB D0,D1 ;WIDTH:=BUFRIGHT-BUFLEFT
MOVE D1,D2 ;mask depth as well
MOVE bitShift(A6),D4 ;convenient constant
LSL.L D4,D1 ;scale up by pixel size + 1 for mask
LSR.L #5,D1 ;CONVERT DOTS TO LONGS
ADD #2,D1 ;ROUND UP PLUS EXTRA LONG
MOVE HEIGHT(A6),D3 ;GET HEIGHT
MULU D1,D3 ;BUFSIZE:=HEIGHT*BUFROW LONGS
; if the intermediate result is too big, stop before going any further
CMP.L #$1C00,D3 ;is it bigger than 28K? (unit is longs)
BGT.S DoSubDivide ;if so, draw fewer characters at a time
MOVE D3,BUFSIZE(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
ADD D1,D3 ;add for stretch srcBuf
LSL #2,D1 ;QUAD BUFROW FOR BYTES
MOVE D1,BUFROW(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
MOVE TEXTR2+RIGHT(A6),D5
SUB TEXTR2+LEFT(A6),D5
LSR #5,D5 ;convert to longs
ADDQ #2,D5 ;account for slop
MOVE D5,D0
ADD D0,D3 ;in case clip is nonrectangular
ADD D0,D3 ;in case vis is nonrectangular
LSL D4,D0 ;scale up by source depth
ADD D0,D3 ;add stretch destination buffer size
MULU dstPix+pixelSize(A6),D5 ;size of composite mask
ADD D5,D3 ;include it
;if srcDepth not equal to dstDepth, add stretch dest. buf. again
ADD D5,D3 ;include space for scale buffer
;set up maskSize, maskRow
TST.B maskFont(A6) ;do we need a mask to pass to stretchBits?
BEQ.S @noMask
LSR #5,D2 ;CONVERT DOTS TO LONGS
ADD #2,D2 ;ROUND UP PLUS EXTRA LONG
ADD D2,D1 ;total number of longs
MOVE HEIGHT(A6),D0 ;GET HEIGHT
MULU D2,D0 ;BUFSIZE:=HEIGHT*BUFROW LONGS
MOVE D0,maskSize(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
LSL #2,D2 ;QUAD BUFROW FOR BYTES
MOVE D2,mBufRow(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
ADD D0,D3 ;add for stack check calculation
ADD D2,D3 ;add for stretch srcMaskBuf
MOVE TEXTR2+RIGHT(A6),D0
SUB TEXTR2+LEFT(A6),D0
LSR #5,D0 ;convert from dots to longs
ADD D0,D3 ;add stretch mask destination buffer size
@noMask
;
; Calculate total stack requirements for off-screen buffers.
;
TST.B 11(A4) ;ARE WE SHADOWING ?
BEQ.S @1 ;NO, CONTINUE
ADD bufSize(A6),D3 ;YES, CALC 2*BUFSIZE
ADD D1,D3 ;add in 4 * source rows for shadow
@1 LSL.L #2,D3 ;CALC TOTAL STACK BYTES NEEDED
; how much slop? size of scale table (256 bytes maximum)
; size of stretch stack frame (750 bytes for parameters, local stack frame, saved regs),
; and about 1K for interrupts.
ADD.L #2048,D3 ;ADD 2 KBYTE SLOP
;
; If stack is too small to allocate buffer(s), then draw half as many characters at a time.
;
_StackAvail ;Get StackAvail IN D0
CMP.L D0,D3 ;IS stackNeeded > stackAvail ?
BLE.S StackAlmost ;NO, CONTINUE
DoSubDivide
MOVE stackOffset(A6),D6 ;2 if stack was not aligned, otherwise, 0
MOVE charCount(A6,D6),D0 ;how many characters to draw
MOVE D0,D7 ;figure half
LSR #1,D7
BNE.S @subDivide ;if more than 1 left, can subdivide problem
SUBQ #1,charsRemain(A6) ;pretend the one character was drawn
BRA GoHome ;if only 1 character, punt
@subDivide
; *** look for space character? Could adjust D7 to coincide with a space if any, making
; *** drawing look better (for italics, kerns)
TST charsRemain(A6) ;if zero, this is the first time through
BNE.S @notFirst
MOVE.B HiliteMode,saveHilite(A6) ;save original in case stretch is called multiple times
MOVE D0,charsRemain(A6) ;initialize partial count drawing location
@notFirst
MOVE.L PENLOC(A6),PNLOC(A3) ;RESTORE PNLOC TO ORIGINAL
TST PORTBITS+ROWBYTES(A3) ; is it a new port?
BPL.S @useOld ; no, no fraction to restore
MOVE PenLocHFrac(A6),pnLocHFrac(A3) ;restore fraction if applicable
@useOld
MOVE D7,charCount(A6,D6) ;reset count to draw
doIterate
MOVE.L grafGlobals(A5),A4 ;set up grafGlobals pointer for getting real width
MOVE.L numer2(A6),numer(A6,D6) ;restore numerator
MOVE.L denom2(A6),denom(A6,D6) ;restore denominator
MOVE.B saveHilite(A6),HiliteMode ;restore hilite bit
JMPROM ROMIterate ;draw first half of string <PB362>
; draw the second half of the string, but drawing no more characters than could be successfully
; drawn by the first half.
secondHalf
MOVEQ #0,D7 ;zero high word
MOVE stackOffset(A6),D6 ;2 if stack was not aligned, otherwise, 0
MOVE charCount(A6,D6),D7 ;number of characters drawn last
MOVE charsRemain(A6),D0 ;how many characters remain?
CMP D0,D7 ;donÕt try to draw more than worked last
BLE.S @ok
MOVE D0,charCount(A6,D6) ;draw what remains for the second half
@ok
ADD.L D7,textAddr(A6,D6) ;bump source address by half already drawn
BRA.S doIterate
; ÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑÑ
;
; Allocate and clear an off-screen buffer
;
; If the source font is only 1 bit deep, clear the screen to white. Also, if the transfer
; mode is xor, bic, or, clear the screen to white. If an arithmetic mode or copy and
; source is multibits deep, assume depth of source font is equal to destination depth.
; Also assume that background of buffer must be colored the same as the port background color.
StackAlmost
MOVEQ #0,D0
TST bitShift(A6) ;is source 1 bit?
BEQ.S @whiteBackCol
CMP #srcXor,locMode(A6) ;srcXor?
BEQ.S @whiteBackCol ;even if font contains colors, leave background white
TST.B colorSource(A6) ;font contains color?
BNE.S @useBackCol ;if so, must color the buffer
CMP #$32,locMode(A6) ;hilite?
BEQ.S @whiteBackCol ;leave background white if so
BTST #5,locMode+1(A6) ;arithmetic?
BEQ.S @whiteBackCol ;if copy, or leave background white
@useBackCol
SUBQ #6,SP ;allocate VAR RGBColor
MOVE.L SP,-(SP) ;point to VAR RGBColor
_GetBackColor ;ask for the background color
CLR.L -(SP) ;make room for function result
PEA 4(SP) ;point to VAR RGBColor
_Color2Index
MOVEQ #0,D0
MOVEQ #32,D1 ;
MOVE bitDepth(A6),D2 ;get destination bits per pixel
@nxtPixel
ASL.L D2,D0
OR 2(SP),D0 ;or in result of color2Index
SUB D2,D1
BGT.S @nxtPixel
ADD #10,SP ;strip RGBColor and long result
@whiteBackCol
MOVE.L D0,bkCol(A6) ;save for comparing with background, later
STACKOK MOVE bufSize(A6),D3
SUBQ #1,D3 ;INIT DBRA LOOP COUNT
MOVE.L D0,-(SP) ;PAD BUFFER WITH AN EXTRA ZERO
MOVE.L SP,BUFEND(A6) ;REMEMBER WHERE BUFFER ENDS
CLRLOOP MOVE.L D0,-(SP)
DBRA D3,CLRLOOP ;ALLOCATE AND CLEAR BUFFER
MOVE.L SP,BUFSTART(A6) ;REMEMBER START OF BUFFER
MOVE.L D0,-(SP) ;PAD BUFFER WITH AN EXTRA ZERO
TST.B maskFont(A6)
BEQ.S @noMask
MOVE maskSize(A6),D3
SUBQ #1,D3
CLR.L -(SP)
@clrMask
CLR.L -(SP)
DBRA D3,@clrMask
MOVE.L SP,maskStart(A6)
@noMask
CLR.L -(SP)
;
; Get pointers to location table, width table, and height table in font
;
GETPTRS LEA 26(A2),A0 ;GET START OF FONT BITMAP
MOVEQ #0,D0 ;zero high word
MOVE FBBDY(A2),D0 ;GET HEIGHT OF FONT BITMAP
MULU.L SRCROW(A6),D0 ;CALC TOTAL SIZE OF STRIKE
ADD.L D0,A0 ;A1 := START OF LOC TABLE
MOVE.L A0,LOCTAB(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
; *** could test bitShift first and only check fNDescent if bitDepth > 1 É
MOVE.W fNDescent(A2),D0 ;possibly the high word of owTLoc
SWAP D0 ;put it in the high word
BPL.S @notNegative
MOVEQ #0,D0 ;old fonts have negative of ascent here
@notNegative
MOVE LENGTH(A2),D0 ;HOW MANY WORDS IN STRIKE BODY
LEA 16(A2,D0.L*2),A1 ;GET START OF WIDTH TABLE
MOVE.L A1,WIDTAB(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
MOVE MAXCHAR(A2),D0 ;GET MAXCHAR
MOVE MINCHAR(A2),D1 ;GET MINCHAR
MOVE D1,MINCH(A6) ;STASH MINCHAR FOR LATER
SUB D1,D0 ;CALC MAXCHAR-MINCHAR
MOVE D0,MAXMIN(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
ADD #3,D0 ;CALC MAXMIN+3
BTST #1,1(A2) ;DOES FONT HAVE WIDTH TABLE ?
BEQ.S NOWID ;NO, CONTINUE
ADD D0,D0 ;SKIP WIDTH TABLE
NOWID LEA 0(A1,D0*2),A0 ;POINT TO HEIGHT TABLE
MOVE.L A0,HEIGHTAB(A6) ;SAVE FOR LATER
;
; Set up space width
;
MOVE.L widthTabHandle,A0 ;point to width table
MOVE.L (A0),A0
MOVE.L 128(A0),SPWIDTH(A6) ;get width of the space char
;
; Setup misc stuff in registers for speed
;
MOVE BUFLEFT(A6),D1 ;GET BUFLEFT
MOVE PENLOC+H(A6),D0 ;GET PEN LOCATION
ADD kernAdjust(A6),D0 ;ADJUST FOR KERNING
SUB D1,D0 ;MAKE CHARLOC RELATIVE TO BUFLEFT
MOVE.W D0,CHARLOC(A6) ;INIT INT PART OF CHARLOC
TST PORTBITS+ROWBYTES(A3) ;is it a new port?
BPL.S @useOld ;no, set fraction to 1/2
;
; The following line is the only one source line changed in this patch <PB362> BAL
;
MOVE penLocHFrac(A6),CHARLOC+2(A6) ;set up fractional part <PB362> BAL
BRA.S @goOn
@useOld
MOVE #$8000,CHARLOC+2(A6)
@goOn
JMPROM ROMgoOn ;jmp back to ROM
;
; <<End PB362 BAL>>
;_____________________________________________________________________
ENDPROC
;___________________________________________________________________________
; PB217 CXXX 22Jul87 BAL RSECT
;
;
; 2nd Patch to RSect to fix bug in DrawLine
;
; DrawLine fast case is taken for black or white patterned single
; pixel horizontal or vertical lines. The test for black or white patterns
; in the ROM DrawLine is incompatible with new patterns. This patch
; allows fastline to be used in CGrafPorts.
;
;------------------------------------------------------------------
MyRSect PROC EXPORT
IMPORT myTextFix
;------------------------------------------------
;
; A6 OFFSETS OF DrawLine PARAMETERS AFTER LINK:
;
PARAMSIZE EQU 8 ;SIZE OF PARAMETERS
P1 EQU PARAMSIZE+8-4 ;POINT
P2 EQU P1-4 ;POINT
;-------------------------------------------------
;
; A6 OFFSETS OF LOCAL VARIABLES AFTER LINK:
;
; STACK FRAME VARS USED BY SEEKMASK (CALLED BY STRETCHBITS, RGNBLT, DRAWARC, DRAWLINE)
;
RECTFLAG EQU -2 ;WORD
VERT EQU RECTFLAG-2 ;WORD
RGNBUFFER EQU VERT-4 ;LONG
BUFLEFT EQU RGNBUFFER-2 ;WORD
BUFSIZE EQU BUFLEFT-2 ;WORD
EXRTN EQU BUFSIZE-4 ;LONG
SEEKMASK EQU EXRTN-4 ;LONG
DSTMASKBUF EQU SEEKMASK-4 ;LONG
DSTMASKALIGN EQU DSTMASKBUF-4 ;LONG
STATEA EQU DSTMASKALIGN-RGNREC ;RGN STATE RECORD
STATEB EQU STATEA-RGNREC ;RGN STATE RECORD
STATEC EQU STATEB-RGNREC ;RGN STATE RECORD
; STACK FRAME VARS USED BY PATEXPAND
; (CALLED BY STRETCHBITS, RGNBLT, BITBLT, DRAWARC, DRAWLINE)
EXPAT EQU STATEC-4 ;LONG
PATVMASK EQU EXPAT-2 ;WORD (must follow expat)
PATHMASK EQU PATVMASK-2 ;WORD (must follow PATVMASK)
PATROW EQU PATHMASK-2 ;WORD (must follow PATHMASK)
PATHPOS EQU PATROW-2 ;WORD
PATVPOS EQU PATHPOS-2 ;WORD
LOCMODE EQU PATVPOS-2 ;WORD
PIXSRC EQU LOCMODE-1 ;BYTE YES
NEWPATT EQU LOCMODE-2 ;BYTE YES
LOCPAT EQU NEWPATT-4 ;LONG YES
FCOLOR EQU LOCPAT-4 ;LONG YES
BCOLOR EQU FCOLOR-4 ;LONG
DSTPIX EQU BCOLOR-(PMREC+CTREC+20) ;PIXMAP
DSTSHIFT EQU DSTPIX-2 ;WORD
; these shared stack frame vars are set up and used by the arithmetic drawing modes
weight EQU DSTSHIFT-6 ;RGB weight for averaging
pin EQU weight ;RGB used by max, min
notWeight EQU weight-6 ;RGB complement of weight (for average)
multiColor EQU notWeight-2 ;byte set if source contains nonblack/white colors
colorTable EQU multiColor-4 ;long pointer to color table
invColor EQU colorTable-4 ;long pointer to inverse color table
invSize EQU invColor-2 ;word resolution of inverse color table
rtShift EQU invSize-2 ;Word used by average how far to shift
transColor EQU rtShift-4 ;long copy of backcolor for transparent
hilitColor EQU transColor-4 ;long hilite color pixels
; STACK FRAME VARS USED ONLY BY DRAWLINE
LINERECT EQU hilitColor-8 ;RECT
MINRECT EQU LINERECT-8 ;RECT
SAVESTK EQU MINRECT-4 ;LONG
MODECASE EQU SAVESTK-4 ;LONG
LFTEDGE EQU MODECASE-4 ;LONG, FIXED POINT
RGHTEDGE EQU LFTEDGE-4 ;LONG, FIXED POINT
SLOPE EQU RGHTEDGE-4 ;LONG, FIXED POINT
DSTLEFT EQU SLOPE-4 ;LONG
SAVEA5 EQU DSTLEFT-4 ;LONG
PORT EQU SAVEA5-4 ;LONG
FASTFLAG EQU PORT-2 ;BYTE
BIGRGN EQU FASTFLAG-4 ;LONG, RgnHandle
DSTROW EQU BIGRGN-2 ;WORD
CRSRFLAG EQU DSTROW-2 ;WORD
REALBOUNDS EQU CRSRFLAG-4 ;LONG
VARSIZE EQU REALBOUNDS ;SIZE OF LOCAL VARIABLES
DrawLineRSect equ $1c222 ; <PB302>
ROMRSect equ $1d58a ; <PB302>
ROMGoHome equ $1c62e ; <PB302>
ROMDone equ $1c61e ; <PB302>
ROMFlagOK equ $1c2b8 ; <PB302>
ROMoldPat equ $1c284 ; <PB302>
fromROMDrText equ $1a238 ;ROM RSect call return address
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------
;
; CALC MINRECT, THE INTERSECTION OF LINERECT, BITMAP BOUNDS,
; CLIPRGN BBOX, AND VISRGN BBOX. QUIT IF NO INTERSECTION.
;
; PEA LINERECT(A6) ;PUSH LINE RECT
; PEA DSTPIX+BOUNDS(A6) ;PUSH PIXMAP BOUNDS
; PEA RGNBBOX(A2) ;PUSH CLIPRGN BBOX
; PEA RGNBBOX(A3) ;PUSH VISRGN BBOX
; MOVE #4,-(SP) ;PUSH NRECTS=4
; PEA MINRECT(A6) ;PUSH DST ADDR
; _RSECT ;CALC INTERSECTION
CMPRA DrawLineRsect,(sp) ;was RSect called from drawline?
beq.s fixROM ;yes, go patch the code after the call
CMPRA fromROMDrText,(sp) ;was RSect called from drText?
beq.s fixText ;yes, go patch the code after the call
JMPROM ROMRSect ;no, continue with RSect
fixROM lea myRet,a0 ;trash a0
move.l a0,(sp) ;force return to us
JMPROM ROMRSect
fixText lea myTextFix,a0 ;trash a0
move.l a0,(sp) ;force return to us
JMPROM ROMRSect
myRet bne.s continue ;continue with patch if intersect not empty
JMPROM ROMGoHome ;QUIT IF NO INTERSECT
continue
;-----------------------------------------------------------
;
; HIDE CURSOR IF CURSOR INTERSECTS MINRECT AND DST IS SCREEN.
; (A5 must contain global ptr)
;
MOVE.L SAVEA5(A6),A5 ;GET GLOBAL PTR
MOVE.L THEGDEVICE,A0 ;GET CURRENT DEVICE
MOVE.L (A0),A0 ;POINT AT IT
MOVE.L GDPMAP(A0),A0 ;GET ITS PIXMAP
MOVE.L (A0),A0 ;POINT AT IT
MOVE.L BASEADDR(A0),D0 ;GET BASE OF SCREEN
CMP.L DSTPIX+BASEADDR(A6),D0 ;DRAWING TO SCREEN?
SEQ CRSRFLAG(A6) ;IF SO, SET FLAG
BNE.S NOTSCRN ;=>NO
PEA MINRECT(A6) ;PUSH SHIELDRECT PARAMETER
MOVE.L REALBOUNDS(A6),-(SP) ;PUSH DELTA FOR GLOBAL
_SHIELDCURSOR ;HIDE CURSOR IF IT INTERSECTS
NOTSCRN MOVE.L PORT(A6),A5 ;GET BACK THEPORT
;-----------------------------------------------------------
;
; CHECK FOR BOTH VISRGN AND CLIPRGN RECTANGULAR
;
CLR.B FASTFLAG(A6) ;FASTFLAG := FALSE
CMP #10,RGNSIZE(A2) ;IS CLIPRGN RECTANGULAR ?
BNE.S FLAGOK ;NO, CONTINUE
CMP #10,RGNSIZE(A3) ;IS VISRGN RECTANGULAR ?
BEQ.S CKPAT ;YES, CONTINUE
;-----------------------------------------------------------
;
; If only visRgn is non-rectangular, then check if
; its intersection with minrect would be rectangular.
; IF TrimRect(visRgn,minRect) then treat as rectangular.
;
MOVE.L visRgn(A5),-(SP) ;push rgnHandle
PEA minRect(A6) ;push addr of minRect
_TrimRect ;call trimRect
Bge.s @1
JMPROM ROMDone ;quit if intersection empty
@1 BGT.S FLAGOK ;continue if non-rectangular
;-----------------------------------------------------------
;
; CHECK FOR BLACK OR WHITE PATTERN
;
CKPAT BTST #5,LocMode+1(A6) ;AN ARITHMETIC MODE?
BNE.S FLAGOK ;SKIP FAST CASE IF SO
MOVE.L LOCPAT(A6),A0 ;POINT TO PATTERN/PIXPAT HANDLE
;patched code begins here:
tst.b NewPatt(A6) ;is it a new pattern?
Beq.s @oldPat ;=>yes, skip pixpat fields
move.l (a0),a0 ;get the pixpat handle
move.l (a0),a0 ;get the pixpat pointer
TST PATTYPE(A0) ;is it an old-style pattern?
BNE.S FLAGOK ;=>no, skip fast case
move.l patData(a0),a0 ;get handle to pattern data
move.l (a0),a0 ;get pattern ptr
@oldPat JMPROM ROMoldPat ;return to ROM code w/ pattern ptr in a0
;MOVE.L (A0)+,D0 ;GET 1ST HALF OF PATTERN
;CMP.L (A0)+,D0 ;IS IT SAME AS 2ND HALF ?
;BNE.S FLAGOK ;NO, CONTINUE
;NOT.L D0 ;IS PATTERN BLACK ?
;BEQ.S YESFLAG ;YES, WE MADE IT
;NOT.L D0 ;IS PATTERN WHITE ?
;BNE.S FLAGOK ;NO, CONTINUE
;EOR #4,LOCMODE(A6) ;YES, ALTER MODE AS IF BLACK
;YESFLAG ST FASTFLAG(A6) ;RECT CLIPPED AND BLACK
FlagOK JMPROM ROMFlagOK
ENDPROC
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; PB231 28Jul87 rwh/rdc DisPtchTsk DisPtchTsk
; Patch for dispatching of deferred tasks
; PB573 22Sep88 jwk DisPtchTsk
; Cleaned up using ggd's technique.
; <8.3> 28Nov89 GGD Replaced with the code that shipped in the IIci ROM.
; Fixes problem in earlier version which could cause deferred
; tasks to be delayed until the next interrupt occurs if a new
; task was queued while the last task was running. (It needs to
; check to see if the queue is empty AFTER running the task, with
; interrupts masked during the check)
; <14> 02Feb90 GGD Re-Enabled interrupts upon exiting this routine to fix QuickMail <14>
; servers (for now at least), because they call through jDisptch at <14>
; application level and wind up with all interrupts being masked, <14>
; and this code expects to only be called from then end of an interrupt <14>
; handler, which will restore the interrupt level via an RTE. <14>
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 28Jul87 PB231 (DisPtchTsk) (DisPtchTsk)
;
; Patch for dispatching of deferred tasks
; The fix is to first dequeue the request and then execute it rather than vice versa.
; This should fix a bug related to requeueing of the same task found by the AppleShare crew
; Note that regs D0-D3, A0-A3 are previously saved by the interrupt handlers
; NOT IN A/UX
NewDisPtch PROC EXPORT
ROMDequeue EQU $4080602A
vDisptch BTST.B #INVBL,QFLAGS+VBLQUEUE ; doing VBL tasks? **begin** <8.3>
BNE.S @Exit ; if so, keep deferring
BSET.B #InDTQ,DTQFlags ; already in dispatcher?
BEQ.S @DspStart ; check the queue if not
@Exit RTS ; otherwise exit
@DspLoop MOVEA.L D0,A0 ; else setup ptr for use
LEA DTQueue,A1 ; get ptr to queue
JSR ROMDeQueue ; dequeue task to be executed
MOVEA.L DTAddr(A0),A2 ; get ptr to first task
MOVEA.L DTParm(A0),A1 ; get optional parameter
ANDI.W #$F8FF,SR ; enable all ints
JSR (A2) ; and go do task
@DspStart ORI.W #HiIntMask,SR ; disable all ints
MOVE.L DTskQHdr,D0 ; get queue head
BNE.S @DspLoop ; loop if tasks exist
BCLR.B #InDTQ,DTQFlags ; clear indicator
ANDI.W #$F8FF,SR ; enable all ints (to fix QuickMail) <14>
RTS ; and exit **end** <8.3>
ENDPROC
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; PB232 04aug87 bbm WriteXPRam WriteXPRam ; OS trap $52
; Patch to check validity of parameters to WriteXPRam
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 04aug87 PB232 (WriteXPRam) (WriteXPRam)
;
; Patch to check validity of parameters to WriteXPRam
; NOT IN A/UX
NewWriteXPRam PROC EXPORT
ROMWriteXPRam EQU $4080DD82
move.l d1,-(sp) ; save working regs.
move.l d0,d1 ; get copy of input parameters
swap d1 ;
add.w d0,d1 ; check if addressing past end of chip.
bcs.s @errexit ; Écould be carry if there is a lot of garbage in high bytes.
cmp.w #$0100,D1 ; Éaddressing past end means >= #$100.
bcc.s @errexit ; Édo unsigned compare.
move.l (sp)+,d1 ; restore regs.
jmp ROMWriteXPRam ; go to real trap
@errexit
move.l (sp)+,d1 ; restore regs.
moveq #-1,d0 ; signal error
rts ; and return
ENDPROC
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; PB238 19aug87 DAF Patch Open to check driver version numbers when opening slot devices
; PB268 10Sep87 DAF Detached DRVR resource opened in PB238§
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 19aug87 PB238 (Open) (Open)
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 10Sep87 PB268 (Open) (Open)
;
; This patch corrects Open so that the latest version of a driver is open whether it is
; in the slot card, or in the system file. It is in support of video driver overrides
; but acts correctly for all slot devices. It could be much smaller, but the Juggler
; team doesn't patch Open at the low-level, so doing it this way saves having two versions.
; I neglected to detach the DRVR resource I loaded, and switch launching was killing the system.
; This patch corrects that problem.
;
; NOT IN A/UX <PB302>
;______________________________________________________________________
MyOpen PROC EXPORT
ROMDetRefNum EQU $40806902
NonSlotDrvr EQU $4080696E
IsSlotDrvr EQU $408067C2
SetUpspBlk EQU $408067EE
OldDrvr EQU $40806966
DrvrBad EQU $40806956
ToFSOpen EQU $40806830
MOVEM.L D3-D5/A2-A4,-(SP) ; observe pascal regsave conventions <C133/29Aug86>
MOVE.L A0,D5 ; save parameter block pointer
MOVE.W D1,IOTrap(A0) ; and D1
MOVE.W IOFileType(A0), D2 ; save for desk acc check
MOVE.L IOFileName(A0), A0 ; point A0 to input filename for search of installed drivers
MOVEQ #0,D1 ; clear high bytes
MOVE.B (A0)+,D1 ; IOFileName length
CMP.B #$40,D2 ; is it from OpenDeskAcc?? <01Nov85>
BNE.S @100
JMP NonSlotDrvr
@100
CMP.B #'.',(A0) ; does name start with a period?
BEQ.S @150 ; <PB238/DAF>
JMP ToFSOpen ; <PB238/DAF>
;+++ BNE.S ToFSOpen ; must be for the file system if not a
; deskmgr call or driver name is not prefixed with period
@150
JSR IsSlotDrvr ; is this a slot device? <C600>
BEQ.S @200
JMP NonSlotDrvr ; branch if not. <C600>
@200
; ---------+++++++++++ Begin Slot Driver +++++++++++--------- <C133/29Aug86>
WITH spBlock, seBlock
; Initialize the SDM parameter block
SlotDrvr SUB.L #spBlockSize,SP ; Allocate parameter block for slot manager
MOVE.L SP,A4 ; Save pointer to spBlock.
JSR SetUpspBlk ; Set up some of the SDM parameters. <C600>
; First search for the driver among those already installed . . .
MOVE.W UnitNtryCnt, D2 ; number of units to check
SUB.W #BgnSlotUnit,D2 ; adjust for # of slot unit entries.
MOVEQ #BgnSlotRef,D4 ; init refnum index
MOVE.L UTableBase, A3 ; get address of the unit I/O table
MOVEQ #BgnSlotUnit,D0 ; adjust to beginning of slot unit entries.
LSL.L #2,D0
ADD.L D0,A3 ; A3 <- ptr to unit table, beginning at slot DCE's.
; REPEAT
@Repeat MOVE.L (A3)+,D0 ; get next Device Control Entry handle
BEQ.S @Until ; branch if no entry installed
MOVE.L D0,A2 ; prepare to de-reference it.
MOVE.L (A2),D0 ; de-reference it.
BNE.S @10 ; branch if ok <C750>
CLR.L -(A3) ; Clear the bad UT entry. <C750>
BRA.S @Repeat ; Continue at top of loop <C750>
@10 MOVE.L D0,A1 ; A1 <- ptr to DCE <C750>
MOVE.B dCtlSlot(A1),D0 ; do the slot numbers match?
CMP.B spSlot(A4),D0
BNE.S @Until ; if not then continue search.
MOVE.B dCtlSlotId(A1),D0 ; do the sResource Id's match?
CMP.B spId(A4),D0
BNE.S @Until ; if not then continue search. <C523>
MOVE.B dCtlExtDev(A1),D0 ; do the Device Id's match? <C523>
CMP.B spExtDev(A4),D0 ; <C523><C537>
BEQ.S DCEFound ; if yes then DCE is found. <C523>
@Until SUBQ #1,D4 ; bump refnum index
SUBQ.W #1,D2 ; next unit table entry
BGT.S @Repeat ; continue searching.
; UNTIL (proper DCE is found) OR (unit table entries are exhausted)
BRA.S LookInRsrc ; not installed, begin looking for driver in resources.
; DCE was among the installed slot drivers, but is the driver still installed?
DCEFound MOVE.L dctlDriver(A1),D0 ; D0 <- handle to the driver
BEQ.S BadDCE ; if driver handle is nil then there is no driver.
MOVE.L D0,A1
MOVE.L (A1),D0 ; D0 <- ptr to the driver
BEQ.S @300 ;
JMP OldDrvr ; if driver ptr is not nil then driver is already here, goto DrvrLock.
@300
BadDCE MOVE.L A2,A0 ; if no driver, then purge the DCE, and reload and install the driver.
_DisposPtr ; dispose of DCE
MOVE.L #0,-(A3) ; clear unit table entry
; It wasn't among the installed slot drivers, so check resources . . .
LookInRsrc SUBQ #4,SP ; make room for result
MOVE.L #'DRVR',-(SP) ; push resource class DRVR
MOVE.L spIOFileName(A4),-(SP) ; push name pointer
MOVE.W #MapTrue,ROMMapInsert ; in case it's in sys ROM <C632/14Jan87> DAF
_GetNamedResource ; search resource files first (blows A0, D1??)
MOVE.L (SP)+,D3 ; did it find one? D3 <- handle to driver.
; get the slot driver too... ; <PB238/DAF>
LookInSlot
MOVE.L A4,A0 ; set A0 for use by the slot manager.
_sGetDriver ; get the slot driver
BEQ.S @1 ; continue if no error
TST.L D3 ; was there a resource drvr? <PB238/DAF>
BNE.S DetRefNum ;
JMP DrvrBad
@1 MOVE.L spResult(A0),A3 ; get the handle to the driver <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.L (A3),A1 ; get the pointer to the driver <PB238/DAF>
CLR.L D0 ; for upcoming add <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.B drvrName(A1),D0 ; get the driver name length <PB238/DAF>
ADDQ #2,D0 ; Adjust offset to version field <PB238/DAF>
BCLR #0,D0 ; Adjust to word alignment <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.W drvrName(A1,D0.W),D0 ; Get the sDriver version number <PB238/DAF>
;
; compare DRVR resource version with sDrvr version, being careful to test if the
; drivers were really present. Iff the DRVR version is greater, use it, else
; use the slot drvr, or finally, no driver available, return error
;
TST.L D3 ; is there a resource driver? <PB238/DAF>
BEQ.S @UseSlot ; if no system driver, use sDrvr <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.L D3,A0 ; get handle in an A-reg <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.L (A0),A0 ; get pointer <PB238/DAF>
CLR.L D2 ; for upcoming add <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.B drvrName(A0),D2 ; get the driver name length <PB238/DAF>
ADDQ #2,D2 ; Adjust offset to version field. <PB238/DAF>
BCLR #0,D2 ; Adjust alignment. <PB238/DAF>
CMP.W drvrName(A0,D2.W),D0 ; Compare versions with sDrvr <PB238/DAF>
BGE.S @UseSlot ; if sDrvr ³ drvr, then use sDrvr <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.L A3,A0 ; get rid of slot driver <PB238/DAF>
_DisposHandle ;
MOVE.L D3,-(SP) ; we need to detach the resource! <PB268/DAF>
_DetachResource ; <PB268/DAF>
BRA.S DetRefNum
@UseSlot
MOVE.L D3,-(SP) ; push the resource handle <PB238/DAF>
_ReleaseResource ; we're using the sDrvr, so dump the system drvr <PB238/DAF>
MOVE.L A3,D3 ; slotDrvr handl in A3 <PB238/DAF>
DetRefNum
JMP ROMDetRefNum ; and back to the ROM
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PP235 FClosePatch patch:
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 19Aug87 PP235 (FClose) (FClose)
;
; This patch fixes a problem in FClose which results in the catalog and extents file
; BTCB's not being released for an Eject call. The branch following a test for a system
; CNID was reversed.
;
; Patched using the "FClose" vector.
;
; The corresponding source code change for this patch was made to TFSRFN2.a in
; the "FClose" routine.
;
; NOT IN A/UX <PB302>
;____________________________________________________________________________________
RomMFSClose EQU $4080A860 ; MFS Close code
FClose3 EQU $4080A71E ; @3 in ROM FClose
FCloseCont EQU $4080A708 ; MOVE after inverted branch instruction "BLS.S @3"
FClosePatch proc
MOVE.L (SP)+,-(A6) ; save caller's addr <01Oct85>
MOVEM.L A0-A5/D1-D3,-(A6) ; Store scratch registers <28Oct85>
CMPI.W #Tsigword,VCBSigWord(A2) ; is sigword that of TFS? <01Oct85>
BNE.S @2 ; no, must be MFS
TST.L FCBBTCBPtr(A1,D1) ; BTCB associated with this open file?
BEQ.S @3 ; No - just an ordinary file
CMPI.L #NxFreeFN,FCBFlNm(A1,D1) ; a system file? <21May86>
BCC.S @3 ; no, some other BTree file <12Aug87>
JMP FCloseCont
@2 JMP RomMFSClose
@3 JMP FClose3
endproc ; *** End of FClose patch ***
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB236 NMI Handler patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 24Aug87 PB236 (GenExcps) (GenExcps)
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 26Aug87 PB251 (GenExcps) (GenExcps)
;
; This code patches the NMI handler routine so that it passes correct error code to SysError
; routine. This is needed by the new MacsBug debugger to be released with MPW 2.1.
;
; NOT IN A/UX <PB302>
;____________________________________________________________________________________
NewNMIExcp PROC EXPORT
ROMExcp EQU $40802112 ; ROM entry point for interrupt exceptions w/
; debugger installed
ROMExcp2 EQU $4080211E ; ROM entry point for interrupt exceptions w/o <PB251>
; debugger installed
BSET #7,NMIFlag ; use high bit of NMI flag as indicator
BEQ.S @1 ; process first interrupt
RTE ; else just ignore
@1 TST.L MacJmp ; any debugger installed? <PB251>
BEQ.S @2 ; no, take exit for MicroBug <PB251> <PB251>
JMP ROMExcp ; go process it, sets D0=13 for MacsBug
@2 JMP ROMExcp2 ; go process it, sets D0=$13 for MicroBug <PB251>
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PMAB241 BadTrap Handler patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 24Aug87 PMAB241 (BadTrap) (BadTrap)
;
; This patch is to salvage D0 reg for MacsBug on Debugger traps which use the ROM BadTrap routine.
; Fix is to save regs prior to using D0 reg for error code.
;
; NOT IN A/UX <PB302>
;____________________________________________________________________________________
NewBadTrap PROC EXPORT
ROMSysErr3 EQU $40802126 ; ROM entry point in SysErr after save of regs
MOVEM.L D0-D7/A0-A7,SEVars ; save all regs for debugger
MOVEQ #12,D0 ; signal bad trap error
JMP ROMSyserr3 ; and go to ROM, don't resave regs
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB534 SETCCURSOR Patch
; by Bruce & Dave
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 13Sep87 PB270 (SetCCursor) (SetCCursor)
;
; Patch SetCCursor to first lock the ccursor handle, SetState on return.
;____________________________________________________________________________________
MySETCCURSOR PROC EXPORT
ROMSetCCursor equ $1d734 ;SetCCursor entry point in ROM
move.l 4(sp),a0 ;get ccursor handle
_HGetState ;handle already in A0
Move.B D0, -(SP) ;save state on the stack
_HLock ;and lock it down for the call
Move.L a0, -(SP) ;copy crsr handle
JSRROM ROMSetCCursor ;jump into the rom
Move.L 6(SP), A0 ;get crsr handle
Move.B (SP)+, D0 ;restore pic handle state
_HSetState
rtd #4 ;return to sender
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB279 Picture Recording patches
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 18Sep87 PB279 (StdRgn,StdPoly) (StdRgn,StdPoly)
;
; In MacII PICT2's, opcode is word rather than byte sized. Previously existing code in
; these std routines took advantage of the old byte-sizing for opcode generation. As
; a result, it is possible to generate bogus word opcodes based on whatever happened
; to be in the registers at the time of execution. This patch clears the hi byte of
; these register halves so the opcodes will be OK. The StdPoly patch is patched elsewhere
; with another StdPoly patch.
;____________________________________________________________________________________
StdRgn PROC EXPORT
ROMStdRgn EQU $236B4 ; entry into StdRgn in ROM <PB302>
LINK A6,#0 ;NO LOCALS
MOVEM.L D6-D7/A2-A4,-(SP) ;SAVE REGS
MOVEQ #0,D7 ; clear the loword of the register <PB279/DAF>
JMPROM ROMStdRgn ; <PB302>
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB292 PatHandle Verification Patches
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 30Sep87 PB292 (DisposPixPat,DisposCCursor) (DisposPixPat,DisposCCursor)
;
; When you throw away a pixpat or cursor, verify that the object was not thrown away
; or purged.
;
; When you close a cGrafPort, verify that all pixPat handles are not NIL before
; disposing. This is particularily critical for FillPixPat, since it is a handle
; provided to FillCSomething, and may have been independently disposed.
;
;____________________________________________________________________________________
FixDisposPixPat PROC EXPORT
FixDisposCCursor PROC EXPORT
ROMDispPPat EQU $1EEB2 ; re-enter the ROM code here <PB302>
MOVE.L 4(SP),D0 ; get the pixPat handle
BEQ.S goBack ; if NIL, then do nothing
MOVE.L D0,A1 ; move to A-reg
MOVE.L (A1),D0 ; if purged, then do nothing
BEQ.S goBack ;
MOVE.L D0,A1 ; move to A-reg
JMPROM ROMDispPPat ; and continue in the ROM
GoBack RTD #4 ; clean stack and return
FixCloseCPort PROC EXPORT
FixClosePort PROC EXPORT
DelPortList EQU $1E8AA ; <PB302>
ROMNxtPat EQU $1EA34 ; <PB302>
MOVE.L 4(SP),-(SP) ;PUSH GRAFPTR
JSRROM DelPortList ;DELETE PORT FROM PORTLIST <PB302>
MOVE.L 4(SP),A0 ;GET PORT
MOVE.L CLIPRGN(A0),A0 ;GET CLIPRGN HANDLE
_DisposHandle ;DISCARD IT
MOVE.L 4(SP),A0 ;GET PORT
MOVE.L VISRGN(A0),A0 ;GET VISRGN HANDLE
_DisposHandle ;DISCARD IT
MOVE.L 4(SP),A0 ;GET PORT
TST PortBits+RowBytes(A0) ;IS IT A NEW PORT?
BPL.S DONE ;=>NO, STRIP PARAMS AND RETURN
;-------------------------------------------
;
; DISPOSE OF OLD COLOR PATTERNS, BUT NOT NEW
;
MOVEQ #-1,D0 ; init loop counter <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
MOVE.L bkPixPat(A0),D1 ; get handle <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
BSR.S SetPPat ; if NIL, get rid of it, else push <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
MOVE.L pnPixPat(A0),D1 ; get handle <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
BSR.S SetPPat ; if NIL, get rid of it, else push <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
MOVE.L fillPixPat(A0),D1 ; get handle <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
BSR.S SetPPat ; if NIL, get rid of it, else push <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
JMPROM ROMNxtPat ; and back to ROM <PB292/30Sep87> DAF <PB302>
SetPPat MOVE.L (SP)+,A1 ; get return address <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
BEQ.S NILPPat ; if NIL, don't dispose it <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
MOVE.L D1,-(SP) ; push it <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
ADDQ #1,D0 ; and increment counter <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
NILPPat JMP (A1) ; return <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
Done RTD #4 ;
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PMAB301 ATP delayed duplicate response bug patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 16Nov87 PMAB301 SendRequest SendRequest
;
; If a delayed duplicate response came in to ATP it could overwrite a valid response
; before it was thrown out due to a bad TID. Patch SendRequest to install a new socket
; listener which checks the TID first. Patch installed in the ATP control hook.
;
; NOT IN A/UX <PB302>
;____________________________________________________________________________________
ATPPatch PROC EXPORT
ROMJATPEx2 EQU $4082B8B8
ROMSndRqInit EQU $4082B994
ToROMSendReq EQU $4082B8D8
ROMATPIgnore EQU $4082BE58
ROMReadResp EQU $4082BE6C
TCBE EQU 12 ; Number of TCB's
TSktNum EQU 4 ; Offset to socket no.
TQElPtr EQU TSktNum+TCBE ; Offset to qEl ptr
CMP #SendRequest,CSCode(A0) ; Is it SendRequest?
BNE.S AnRTS ; Just return if not
MOVE.L MaskBC,D3 ; D3 = mask value
MOVE.L ROMBase,D2 ; D2 = ROM base
AND.L D3,D2 ; D2 = masked ROM base
AND.L (SP),D3 ; D3 = masked calling address
CMP.L D2,D3 ; Make sure called from ROM
BLO.S AnRTS ; Just return if not
ADDQ #4,SP ; Pop return address
MOVE.L AbusVars,A2 ; A2 -> MPP variables
MOVE.L ATPVars(A2),A2 ; A2 -> ATP variables
MOVE.L AddrBlock(A0),D3 ; D3 = address block from queue element
AND.B #FlagMask,ATPFlags(A0) ; Make sure nothing but flag bits
MOVE #TooManyReqs,D0 ; Assume too many concurrent requests
MOVEQ #TCBE-1,D2 ; D2 = offset into TCB table
@10 TST.B TSktNum(A2,D2) ; Is this entry free?
DBEQ D2,@10 ; Keep going until got one
BNE.S @20 ; Return error if none
JSR ROMSndRqInit ; Do initial setup. A3 -> data area.
BNE.S @20 ; Just return if error
CLR.B D1 ; Indicate we want a dynamic socket
LEA newATPRead,A1 ; A1 -> new socket listener
JMP ToROMSendReq ; Jump into ROM
@20 JMP ROMJATPEx2
AnRTS RTS ; Just return if not SendRequest
;
; This is the real patch. We make sure the TID matches before reading in
; the response
;
newATPRead MOVEQ #ATPHdSz,D3 ; D3 = size to read
CMP.B #ATP,-(A3) ; Make sure DDP type was ATP (46)
BNE.S @20 ; Ignore it if not, (RHA ptr now even)
JSR (A4) ; Read header into RHA
BNE.S AnRTS ; Just return if error
MOVE.L ATPVars(A2),A5 ; A5 -> our local variables
MOVE.B DDPDstSkt-DDPType-ATPHdSz(A3),D0 ; D0 = dest. socket no.
MOVE.B ATPControl-ATPHdSz(A3),D2 ; D2 = control byte
BPL.S @20 ; Ignore if not a response (2)
ADD.B D2,D2 ; Shift it left one bit
BMI.S @20 ; Ignore if not a response (3)
;
; Incoming response - find the TCB for it and read it in
;
MOVEQ #TCBE-1,D2 ; D2 = number to search, less one
LEA TSktNum+TCBE(A5),A5 ; A5 -> past sockets
@10 CMP.B -(A5),D0 ; This it? (fast loop!)
DBEQ D2,@10 ; Try all we can
BNE.S @20 ; Ignore it if no match
SUB D2,A5 ; A5 -> start of TCB table
LSL #2,D2 ; D2 = offset to queue element pointer
ADD D2,A5 ; A5 -> queue element ptr, offset
MOVE.L TQElPtr-TSktNum(A5),A5 ; A5 -> queue element
;
; *** The actual fix ***
;
MOVE ATPTransID-ATPHdSz(A3),D0 ; D0 = TID from packet
CMP ReqTID(A5),D0 ; Is it the one we want?
BNE.S @20 ; If not just ignore it
JMP ROMReadResp ; Otherwise continue
@20 JMP ROMATPIgnore ; Ignore the packet
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB337 SetOSDef Patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 16dec87 PB337 SetOSDef SetOSDef
;
; The trap SetOSDef is used to tell the start code to boot off of a foreign OS. The Problem
; was SetOSDef just stuffed whatever A0 was pointing to into pram. There was no validity
; check. The trap number is A083, which happens to be the high word of a master pointer
; pointing at ROM resources. So if your program crashed and executed garbage, such as
; master pointers, whatever A0 was pointing to got written to pram. This meant your machine
; would no longer recognize your hard disk. The fix was to change the interface, since
; noone was using this trap nohow, nowhere, and add a password. The password was put into
; lowmemory to keep the same glue in the compiliers.
;
nSetOSDef PROC EXPORT
AppPhne EQU $09961010 ;
realSetOS EQU $40801578 ;
Peril EQU $0CDC ;
cmpi.l #AppPhne,Peril ; check if oneshot is on
bne.s @errexit ;
clr.l Peril ;
jmp realSetOS ; go to real trap
@errexit ;
clr.l Peril ;
moveq #-1,d0 ; signal error
rts ; and return
ENDPROC ; end nSetOSDef
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB366 maxblock Patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 25jan88 PB366 maxblock maxblock
;
; PB366 25jan88 bbm fixed a bug in maxblock.
;
nMaxBlock PROC EXPORT
realMxBlk EQU $E05E ;offset to routine Maxblock in rom (from rombase)
JsrRom realMxBlk ;go do maxblock and then do a postfix.
tst.l D0 ;check for an error.
ble.s @rtn ;if an error or zero just return.
subq.l #2,D0 ;else adjust maximum size by two.
@rtn rts ;
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PMAB372 Async serial driver patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 26jan88 PMAB372 (AOutOpen,RAIntHnd) (RAIntHnd)
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 09Feb88 PB386 (AOutOpen)
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 23Feb88 PMAB401 (Control) (Control)
; If hardware handshaking is enabled, and the receiver de-asserts DTR, but the sender ignores
; it and keeps sending, the receiver will go into an infinite loop in the receive interrupt
; routine. This was caused by a jump to the wrong label. The patch is installed in a patch
; vector for the async driver. Needed to include all async driver code which jumped to
; the receive interrupt handler.
; 24May90 <48> (Control) Ctl #9
; OK, so this is a mess. Let's sort thru the various tangles.
; First off, the N&C BAP stuff had to be rolled in for 7.0, so that the patch
; they had put in their SINI resources stopped stomping this one. This entailed --
; -- patching out the .BOut and .BIn driver headers such that all the B driver
; calls would get driver storage ptr from ExpandMem instead of PortBVars.
; See end of patch.
; -- patching TB and ExtB interrupt handlers to get driver storage ptr from
; ExpandMem instead of PortBVars.
; See end of patch.
; -- changing the already patched SCB and RB interrupt handlers
; to get driver storage ptr from ExpandMem instead of PortBVars.
; -- patching the routines (mostly interrupt handlers) that used the lowMem
; BInDCE to now just get the DCE ptr from the Unit Table. (Yeah, the offset
; is hardcoded-- sue me).
; -- patching the Open and Close calls for port B to incorporate the BAP stuff
; to call the LAP mgr to arbitrate for port B.
; Second, Control call 9 had to be patched to hold the buffer in memory for VM.
; This meant i had to patch .AOut and .BOut close as well to unhold the buffer.
;
;
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 17Dec90 <80> (all B driver entry points,InitSCC,all int handlers)
; We need to add provide nike printer support. This entails:
; -- patch control call 16 to use bit 6 for setting external/internal clocking modes.
; -- Patch to add status call to return version.
; -- Patch InitSCC routine to use this RAM-based table so
; that clocking mode is now variable instead of hard-wired to internal only.
; -- set clock divide to 1 instead of 16 for external clocking
; -- clear HWHS enable since we can't clock and handshake on same line
; -- Patch whole ExtIntHandler so we can (set bit 3 of AsyncErr if break rcvd) at end of rtn.
; Also, we change the BAP stuff such that it is also supported in 6.x, not just 7.0
; -- Always get the driver storage pointer for port B from extended mem
; -- Call Gestalt in Open and Close to determine version of AppleTalk to see which
; port arbitration scheme we should use, ours or the LAP mgr's.
;
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 16Jan91 <81> (all A driver entry points)
; We patch all the port A driver headers (port B driver headers already patched)
; so that we can put a signature word before each header that we can use
; to identify ourselves as the Apple async serial driver. We do this
; right now so that that our linked patch on Open (in Serialpatches.a) will
; not stomp the version number of some third party driver that sticks them-
; selves into our spot in the unit table. I think this idea will come in
; handy later as well.
; I think i'll use the signature word 'wong'.
;
; Also, fix the port arbitration code in Open and Close to make call to the
; new 'atkv' Gestalt call instead of the old 'atlk' call. We do this because
; the new call return atalk version number regardless of whether MPP driver
; is open (i.e. appletalk is active).
;
; <84> Fixed bug in external clock stuff that was causing us to disable
; internal clocking on both ports if we were trying to do external
; clocking on just one. So Nike would print but Tabasco would just
; sit there. The fix was to set clocking params at each time we go
; thru InitSCC, rather than just once during the external clocking
; control call. This way even tho the ports share the InitSCCTable,
; we set the Table properly by keying off of the value in CtlOptions
; variable, which they don't share.
; <86> Status calls 9 and $8000 now return static version number for driver
; instead of what's in the DCE.
asyncPatch PROC EXPORT
; Equates
SerialVers equ 5 ; current version 3/91 <86>
SCCARWOFF equ 2 ; SCC A side R/W offset <A357/06nov86>
SCCBRWOFF equ 0 ; SCC B side R/W offset <A357/06nov86>
PortAVars EQU SerialVars ; serial chan A variables and buffer
AInDCE EQU PortAVars+4 ; Device Control Entry ptr for input
PortBVars EQU AInDCE+4 ; serial port B variables and buffer
BInDCE EQU PortBVars+4 ; Device Control Entry ptr for input
; next come variable offsets within the user's local variable buffer
OutDCE EQU 0 ;(4) long DCE pointer for output driver
SCCOffset EQU 4 ;(2) word of SCC offset . . .
InBufPtr EQU 6 ;(4) pointer to local input buffer
BufSize EQU 10 ;(2) size of local input buffer
BufLow EQU 12 ;(2) low buf byte count to send XOn
BufHigh EQU 14 ;(2) bytes from end of buffer to send XOff
SWHS EQU 16 ;(1) software handshake enable
HWHS EQU 17 ;(1) hardware handshake enable
XONChar EQU 18 ;(1) input char which continues output (SWHS)
XOFFChar EQU 19 ;(1) input char which stops output
Options EQU 20 ;(1) bit 4 = abort on parity error
; bit 5 = abort on overrun
; bit 6 = abort on framing error
PostOptions EQU 21 ;(1) bit 7=1 enables posting break changes
; bit 5=1 enables posting handshake changes
InSWHS EQU 22 ;(1) input XOn/XOff flow control enable
InHWHS EQU 23 ;(1) input RTS (DTR) flow ctl enb <14Oct85>
AsyncErr EQU 24 ;(1) error indications (cumulative)
SoftOR EQU 0 ; bit 0 = soft overrun
; bit 4 = parity error
; bit 5 = overrun error
; bit 6 = framing error
FlowOff EQU 25 ;(1) $80 = input flow shut off by XOff, $40 by DTR
ReadCmd EQU 26 ;(1) FF = read command pending
WriteCmd EQU 27 ;(1) FF = write command pending
CTSFlag EQU 28 ;(1) FF = CTS asserted
XOFFlag EQU 29 ;(1) FF = XOFF pending
LastWR5 EQU 30 ;(1) WR5 value with last DTR state <14Oct85>
DTRNegVal EQU 31 ;(1) WR5 value used to negate DTR <14Oct85>
SCCReset EQU 32 ;(1) WR9 value for reset
StopBits EQU 33 ;(1) stop bits/parity option (WR4 value)
WR1AVal EQU 34 ;(1) first WR1 value to write
WR3AVal EQU 35 ;(1) first WR3 value to write
WR5AVal EQU 36 ;(1) first WR5 value to write
BaudLoCnst EQU 37 ;(2) 2 byte baud rate constant (WR12-13)
BaudHiCnst EQU 38
RcvrBits EQU 39 ;(1) 1 byte receiver bits/char (WR3 value)
XmitBits EQU 40 ;(1) 1 byte xmitter bits/char (WR5 value)
WReqPin EQU 41 ;(1) w/req pin state (WR1 value)
lastSetup EQU 42 ;(2) last SCC init values . . .
BufIndex EQU 44 ;(2) index into local buffer (insert)
BufOutdex EQU 46 ;(2) index into local buffer (remove)
LocalBuf EQU 48 ;(64) local buffer for input chars
LclBufSize EQU 64 ; default input buffer size = 64 bytes
HSCount EQU 112 ;(2) count of CTS pulses in VBL time (clk detect) <14Oct85>
LastTime EQU 114 ;(4) ticks time of last CTS pulse (clk detect) <14Oct85>
SendXOnff EQU 118 ;(1) flag to xmit logic to send XOn/XOff <14Oct85>
CharMask EQU 119 ;(1) $1F,$3F,$7F, or $FF mask for input chars <14Oct85>
PEChar EQU 120 ;(1) char to change incoming parity errors to <14Oct85>
AltChar EQU 121 ;(1) char to change incoming PEChars to <14Oct85>
InSWHS1 EQU 122 ;(1) saved InSWHS state <14Oct85>
CtlOptions EQU 123 ;(1) bits 0-6=0 (reserved). bit 7=1 to leave <14Oct85>
; DTR state unchanged at close.
SaveExInt EQU 124 ;(4) saved Ext int vector <14Oct85>
SaveTxInt EQU 128 ;(4) saved TxD int vector <14Oct85>
SaveRxInt EQU 132 ;(4) saved RxD int vector <14Oct85>
SaveSxInt EQU 136 ;(4) saved Special Rx int vector <14Oct85>
LclVarSize EQU 140 ; output driver storage size <14Oct85>
;
; ROM ADDRESS OFFSETS
;
; where did we come from?
fromAOutOpen EQU $4082AC58 ; addr's to compare on stack - called from ROM rsrc <PB386>
fromAInOpen EQU $4082abf4
fromBOutOpen EQU $4082AC86 ;
fromBInOpen EQU $4082ABFC ; new arbitration for port B and new PortBVars
fromControl EQU $4082AF74 ; <PMAB401>
fromClose EQU $4082ae96 ;
fromStatus EQU $4082af22
fromInitSCC EQU $4082ae14
; open call patch equates
backToAinOpen EQU $2abf4 ; ROM offsets (use macros for operations)
backToAOutOpen EQU $2AC74
backToBInOpen EQU $2AC00
backToBOutOpen EQU $2ACA0 ; different return addr's for 6.X and 7.0
ROM_TAIntHnd EQU $2b1c8 ; interrupt handlers we're NOT patching
backToPollDtain EQU $2B2E8
ToContOut EQU $2B1EA
ToGoodFinish EQU $2B18A
ToGetBufRegs EQU $2B262
ToGetBufCnt EQU $2B272
ToCtlXOff EQU $2B390
ToPut EQU $2B38A
backToPut EQU $2B386
ToRdReqDone EQU $2B3F6
ToCtlSet EQU $2b0a6
toContOut1 EQU $2b1ee
; Control Patch equates
backToBypassControl EQU $2af86
ROM_CtlGood EQU $2afbc
ROM_CtlExit EQU $2afbe
; SerialBuf (ctl call 9) patch equates
FinishCall9 EQU $2b01a
; Control Call 16 patch equates
InitSCC EQU $2ae04
;
; Status patch equates
backToStatus EQU $2af3c
;InitSCC patch equates
backToInitSCC EQU $2ae14
initData EQU $2add0
; close patch equates
SyncOutput EQU $2aee8
InitSCC1 EQU $2ae0a
ResetData EQU $2ae5a
ResetLth EQU $10
freePort EQU $2aed6
; bypass driver ROM entrypoint addresses <81>
;port A
ROM_AInEntryOpen EQU $2abf2
ROM_AInEntryClose EQU $2aee4
ROM_AInEntryPrime EQU $2b1fa
ROM_AOutEntryOpen EQU $2ac56
ROM_AOutEntryClose EQU $2ae6a
ROM_AOutEntryPrime EQU $2b146
ROM_AEntryControl EQU $2af60
ROM_AEntryStatus EQU $2af0e
;port B
backToBInOpenStart EQU $2ABFA
backToBOutOpenStart EQU $2AC84
ToBOutClose EQU $2AE7E
backToBInPrime EQU $2B204
backToBOutPrime EQU $2B150
backToBControl EQU $2AF6A
backToBStatus EQU $2AF18
; for BAP only interrupt handler patches
backToTXIntHnd EQU $2B1CC
; for BAP only patches-- since these are not in Interfaces or Internals,
; where they should be
LUsePortB EQU 17 ; request use of printer port ;<2.0>
LFreePortB EQU 18 ; grant use of printer port ;<2.0>
LStatPortB EQU 19 ; obtain current printer port status ;<2.0>
LAPMgrPtr EQU $B18 ; This points to start of LapMgr ;<2.0>
LAPMgrCall EQU 2 ; Offset to make LAP manager calls ;<2.0>
;
; Miscellaneous patch equates
;
BInDCEOffset EQU 28 ; offset of .BIn DCE handle from UTableBase
;**************************************************************************
; Start of async driver patch code
;**************************************************************************
movem.l d0-d1,-(SP) ; save reg D0
MOVE.L 12(SP),D0 ; get D0 = return address
_StripAddress
move.l d0,d1 ; d1 = stripped return address
move.l #fromAOutOpen,D0 ; test for ChkAConfig call from AOutOpen
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
BEQ.w OpenAFix ; no, then called for SCC channel A
move.l #fromAInOpen,D0 ; test for ChkBConfig call from BInOpen
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
BEQ.w OpenAFix ; no, then called for SCC channel B
move.l #fromBOutOpen,D0 ; test for ChkBConfig call from BOutOpen
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
BEQ.w OpenBFix ; no, then called for SCC channel B
move.l #fromBInOpen,D0 ; test for ChkBConfig call from BInOpen
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
BEQ.w OpenBFix ; no, then called for SCC channel B
MOVE.L 8(SP),D0 ; get immediate return address
_StripAddress
move.l d0,d1 ; d1 = stripped return address
move.l #fromControl,D0 ; test for call from Control
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
BEQ.w ControlFix ; no, then called from Control
move.l #fromStatus,D0 ; test for call from Status <80>
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
BEQ.w StatusFix ; no, then called from Status
move.l #fromClose,d0 ; to fix bypass close calls <80>
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
beq.w CloseFix ; no, then called from Close
move.l #fromInitSCC,D0 ; test for call from InitSCC
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
BEQ.w InitSCCFix ; no, then called from InitSCC
movem.l (SP)+,D0-d1 ; restore reg D0
RTS ; back to ROM
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Close fixes
; -- unhold the buffer we may have held in control call #9 for 7.0 VM
; -- do that nutty BAP stuff to free port B
;
CloseFix
ADD.L #12,SP ; pop save reg d0,d1 and rtrn addr--we jump back
move.l a1,-(sp) ; save DCE ptr
; for BAP
; if close is for port B,we'll just stomp over what ROM put in a6
cmpa.l #PortAVars,a6 ; from port A
beq.s @common ; yes, then move on to common code
move.l ExpandMem,a6 ; no, then get storage ptr for port B
lea ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a6),a6
@common
MOVE.L (A6),A2 ; get locals pointer <14Oct85>
TST.B CtlOptions(A2) ; leave DTR unchanged? <14Oct85>
bmi.s @1 ; <C216/16oct86>
bclr #7,XmitBits(A2) ; no, clear the DTR bit <C216/16oct86>
bclr #7,WR5AVal(A2) ; <C216/16oct86>
@1 bclr #3,XmitBits(A2) ; always clear Tx enable <C216/16oct86>
jsrROM SyncOutput ; delay until last char has cleared <14Oct85>
; output buffer
LeaROM ResetData,A3
MOVEQ #ResetLth,D1
jsrROM InitSCC1 ; shut down the channel
; for VM
; now that we've shut down the channel it should be safe to unhold
; the input buffer. we don't check for VM error because we can't do
; much about it.
jsr UnHoldInputBuf ; unhold the buffer if necessary
; for BAP
; we replace ROM's port arbitration stuff with BAP stuff
; too bad the ROM port arbitration code comes at the END of the close call
LEA SaveExInt(A2),A3 ; reinstall former int handlers <14Oct85>
MOVE.L (A3)+,(A5) ; <14Oct85>
MOVE.L (A3)+,(A4)+ ; <14Oct85>
ADDQ.L #4,A4 ; <14Oct85>
MOVE.L (A3)+,(A4)+ ; <14Oct85>
MOVE.L (A3),(A4) ; <14Oct85>
move.l (sp)+,a1 ; restore DCE ptr
MOVE.L DCtlStorage(A1),A0 ; get storage handle
_DisposHandle ; get rid of it
CLR.L DCtlStorage(A1) ; without a trace
CLR.L (A6) ; get rid of ptr address <14Oct85>
tst.w d3 ; what port are we?
beq.s @freeB ; port b; do that BAP thing to free port
jmpROM freePort ; port a; finish up in ROM 2aed6
@freeB
move.l ExpandMem,a0 ; <90>
tst.w ExpandMemRec.emAppleTalkInactiveOnBoot(a0) ; <90> If AppleTalk is inactive, donÕt set up the LAP manager
bnz.s @freeThePort ; <90> AppleTalk is not active.
move.l #'atkv',d0 ; what version of Appletalk? <81>
_Gestalt
tst.w d0 ; <90> Check error code
bnz.s @freeThePort ; <90> If Gestalt does not know the selector, AppleTalk is not active
move.l a0,d0 ; get high byte (version) into low byte
rol.l #8,d0
cmp.b #53,d0 ; is Atalk version 53 or greater?
bge.s @useLAP ; yes, then call LAP manager, it exists
@freeThePort
jmpROM freePort ; no, then finish up in ROM
@useLAP move.w #LFreePortB,d0 ; call LAP Manager to free port B
move.b #useAsync,d1
move.l LAPMgrPtr,a0
jsr LAPMgrCall(a0)
move.w #0,d0 ; no error on close
rts
;
; UnHoldInputBuf -- unholds the the buffer that may have been held
; Called by: control, close
; Inputs: a2 -- ptr to the serial vars
; Destroys: d0, a0, a1
;
; if old buffer was held, we better unhold it. it will have been held
; if it was not our LocalBuf, i.e. was not in the system heap
; first time thru this loop InBufPtr is 0.
UnHoldInputBuf
move.l #gestaltVMAttr,d0 ; is VM installed?
_Gestalt
move.w a0,d0
beq.s @goodEnd ; if not, we're outta here
; check usual case...is inBufPtr equal to LocalBufPtr?
move.l d1,-(sp) ; save a reg
lea LocalBuf(a2),a0 ;inBufPtr = LocalBufPtr?
move.l a0,d1
move.l InBufPtr(a2),d0
eor.l d1,d0
_StripAddress ; ignore differences in the high bits
move.l (sp)+,d1 ; restore a reg
tst.l d0 ;
beq.s @goodEnd ; same, so don't need to unhold
; check first time thru case, when InBufPtr
; would equal zero
move.l InBufPtr(a2),d0 ; for first time thru, is InBufPtr zero?
beq.s @goodEnd ; yes, then don't need to unhold
; unhold the puppy
movea.l d0,a0 ; a0 <- ptr
moveq #0,d0 ; clear out count
move.w BufSize(a2),d0 ;
movea.l d0,a1 ; a1<- cnt
_UnholdMemory ; unhold the old buffer
rts
@goodEnd moveq #0,d0 ; everything a-ok
rts
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: InitSCC
; Patch: --We patch this routine to use the InitData table here in RAM
; instead of the one in ROM. We do this so that the values in
; WR11 and WR14 aren't hardcoded, so that we can support external
; clocking.
; --We also fix the value of StopBits (WR4) here to have the clock
; divide bits correspond to the the external/internal clock state
; indicated in CtlOptions. We do this here so that CtlConfig calls
; won't stomp StopBits in the ToSCCInit routine.
; --We also disable HWHS so we don't try to use CTS line for both
; clocking and handshaking.
clkBit equ 6 ; bit 6 in CtlOptions controls ext/int SCC clk
clkDvdBit equ 6 ; divide clock bit in WR4
clkMask equ %01000000 ; mask for getting at clkBit <84>
extClkSrc equ %00101000 ; SCC clk src is TRxC (CTS) pin (WR11) <84>
intClkSrc equ %01010000 ; SCC clk src is baud rate generator (WR11) <84>
BRGEnbl equ %00000001 ; enable baud rate generator (WR14) <84>
BRGDsbl equ %00000000 ; disable baud rate generator (WR14) <84>
SCCDataTable
DC.B $02,9 ; status in low bits, MIE disabled
clkDvd DC.B 4,$FF ; x16 clk, stop bits, parity options
DC.B 1,$FF ; WR1 reg, first write
DC.B 3,$FF ; bits/char option rcvr
DC.B 5,$FF ; bits/char option xmitter
DC.B $00,2 ; zero interrupt vector
DC.B $00,10 ; NRZ encoding
ClkMode DC.B $50,11 ; brgen/TRxC clk to rcvr, xmitter--default to internal
DC.B 12,$FF ; set baud rate low byte
DC.B 13,$FF ; set baud rate high byte
DC.B 3,$FF ; enable rcvr
DC.B 5,$FF ; enable xmitter
BRGEnable DC.B $01,14 ; enb/disable baud rate generator from RTxC pin --default to on
dc.b $A0,15 ; Break, CTS external ints (dcd not needed) <2.3>
DC.B $10,0 ; reset ext/status twice
DC.B $10,0
DC.B 1,$FF ; w/req pin configuration
DC.B $0A,9 ; enable interrupts, status in low bits
SCCDataTableLth EQU *-SCCDataTable ;
InitSCCFix
movem.l (SP)+,d0-d1 ; restore saved regs (we might need d1) <83>
ADD.L #4,SP ; pop saved retrn addr--we jump back
move.l a3,d0
cmpRA InitData,d0 ; are we initializing SCC?
bne @done
lea SCCDataTable,a3 ; use our RAM table instead of the ROM one
moveq #SCCDataTableLth,d1
movem.l d1/a0,-(sp) ; save out reg's <84>
; default to internally clocked state <84>
bset.b #clkDvdBit,StopBits(a2) ; default to a divide-by-16 clock <84>
moveq #intClkSrc,d0 ; internal clocking source <84>
moveq #BRGEnbl,d1 ; enable baud rate generator <84>
btst.b #clkBit,CtlOptions(a2) ; are we externally clocked?
beq.s @load ; not externally clocked, so load
; set to externally clocked state
bclr.b #clkDvdBit,StopBits(a2) ; set to a divide-by-one clock <84>
moveq #extClkSrc,d0 ; external clock source <84>
moveq #BRGDsbl,d1 ; disable baud rate generator <84>
clr.b HWHS(a2) ; make sure we're not trying to do HWHS <84>
@load lea ClkMode,a0 ; load params into InitSCC data table <84>
move.b d0,(a0) ; <84>
lea BRGEnable,a0 ; <84>
move.b d1,(a0) ; <84>
movem.l (sp)+,d1/a0 ; restore reg's <84>
@done jmpROM backToInitSCC ; finish up in ROM
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: Status
; Patch: We patch status to add a call to return the driver's version.
StatusFix
ADD.L #12,sp ; pop save reg d0,d1, return addr--we jump back to ROM
MOVE.W IOTrap(A0),-(SP) ; save trap to distinguish immed calls<14Oct85>
MOVE.L A1,-(SP) ; save passed DCE for in/out <14Oct85>
MOVE.W SR,-(SP) ; disable interrupts for ctl call <14Oct85>
ORI #HiIntMask,SR ; <A357/06nov86>
LEA CSCode(A0),A0 ; get pointer to return parameters
MOVEQ #StatusErr,D0 ; assume status error
MOVE.L A2,D1 ; have our variables been set up? <14Oct85>
Bgt @stat1 ; exit if not (only input side open)<14Oct85>
jmpROM ROM_CtlExit ; just like ROM
@stat1 MOVE.W (A0)+,D1 ; get opcode
cmpi.w #9,d1 ; do we care?
beq.s @version ; yes
cmpi.w #$8000,d1 ; largest negative number csCode for Version
beq.s @version ; yes
jmpROM BackToStatus ; no
@version move.b #SerialVers,(a0) ; return the version <86>
jmpROM ROM_CtlGood
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: Control
; Patch: We patch control for the following reasons:
; 1) to add VM support for control call 9--lock/unlock the buffer
; 2) to add external clock support in control call 16
; Called from Control - clear reg D0 in case this call is for KillIO
ControlFix
@0 adda.w #12,sp ; from control - flush saved reg D0,d1, and return addr
CLR.L D0 ; clear reg D0 for killIO <PMAB401>
MOVE.W IOTrap(A0),-(SP) ; save trap to distinguish immed calls<14Oct85>
MOVE.L A1,-(SP) ; save passed DCE for in/out <14Oct85>
MOVE.W SR,-(SP) ; disable interrupts for ctl call <14Oct85>
ORI #HiIntMask,SR ; <A357/06nov86>
LEA CSCode(A0),A0 ; get parameters
MOVE.W (A0)+,D1 ; get opcode
cmpi #9,d1 ; opcode 9?
beq CtlBuffer ; if so, handle here in the patch
cmpi #16,d1 ; opcode 16? (ctlOptions) <extClk>
beq CtlSwitchCTSClock ; <extClk>
jmpROM backToBypassControl ; if not, let ROM handle it
; Routine: SetCtlBuffer -- Opcode 9
;
; Patch: The patch is needed for 7.0 VM. We must 'hold' the buffer in memory
; so that there is no possibility it is paged out at interrupt time (which
; would have the potential for causing a double page fault).
CtlBuffer CLR.L BufIndex(A2) ; clear in and out indices
MOVE.L (A0)+,A4 ; buffer pointer
moveq #0,d1 ; clear out length reg
MOVE.W (A0),D1 ; length of buffer?
BEQ.S InstllLBuf ; if zero, revert to our own buffer
; hold the new non-local buffer so VM doesn't page it out
move.l #gestaltVMAttr,d0 ; is VM installed? not on a mac II w/o MMU
_Gestalt
move.w a0,d0
beq.s InstllABuf ; if not, skip the hold
movea.l a4,a0 ; hold buffer addr
movea.l d1,a1 ; hold buffer count
; since VM won't let us call _holdmemory with interrupts
; masked, we set the interrupt level back to that app's
; interrupt level, which hopefully was zero. If so, then
; everything should be peachy. If not, then we return the
; error that VM spits at us.
move.w sr,-(sp) ; save out our int lvl
move.w 2(sp),d0 ; get app's int lvl
and.w (sp),d0 ; and set us to that
move.w d0,sr
_HoldMemory ; hold the new buffer in memory
move.w (sp)+,sr ; and restore our int lvl
tst.w d0 ; did we get our physical buffer?
beq.s InstllABuf ; yes, go on
Ctl_Err jmpROM ROM_CtlExit ; no, then pass back VM error
; InstllLBuf is also called from OpenInstall!
InstllLBuf LEA LocalBuf(A2),A4 ; use our meager local buffer for now
MOVEQ #LclBufSize,D1 ;
InstllABuf
; since VM won't let us call _holdmemory with interrupts
; masked, we set the interrupt level back to that app's
; interrupt level, which hopefully was zero. If so, then
; everything should be peachy. If not, then we return the
; error that VM spits at us.
move.w sr,-(sp) ; save our int lvl
move.w 2(sp),d0 ; get app's int lvl
and.w (sp),d0 ; and set us to that
move.w d0,sr
jsr UnHoldInputBuf ; unhold the buffer if necessary
move.w (sp)+,sr ; restore our int lvl
tst.w d0 ; did we release old buffer?
bne.s Ctl_Err ; no, pass back VM error
jsrROM FinishCall9 ; and finish up the call in ROM
jmpROM ROM_CtlGood ; and go back to ctl call dispatcher
; Routine: SetCtlOptions -- Opcode 16
; Patch: We patch this routine so that bit 6 of CtlOptions variable now
; controls a switch to internal/external clocking on the CTS (HSIn) line.
; We must call InitSCC to get the clocking option to kick in.
; Inputs: byte number in IOPB value
; (26) [$0010]
; (28) bit 7 = 0 for drop DTR at close
; bit 7 = 1 for leave DTR unchanged at close
; bit 6 = 0 for internal clocking
; bit 6 = 1 for external clocking
; bits 0-5 reserved for future use
; Notes: We will not put control for the GPI internal/external
; clocking switch here, as that requires the control of
; HW external to the SCC (namely, the VIA vSync pin). Control
; of the GPIa line is in _HWPriv.
;
CtlSwitchCTSClock
move.b (a0),CtlOptions(a2) ; store new value <84>
jsrROM InitSCC ; set up the SCC according to new value <84>
jmpROM ROM_CtlGood ; finish up in ROM <84>
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Open Fixes
;
;
; Channel A - replace receive routine vectors installed by async open
OpenAFix
ADD.L #8,SP ; pop save reg D0,d1 - not needed <PMAB401>
MOVE.L (SP)+,A0 ; pop A0 = addr to continue ChkConfig
move.l (sp)+,a2 ; save async open ret addr
JSR (A0) ; finish ChkConfig (A1,D1,D2 params)
move.l a2,d0 ; did we come from .Ain or .Aout? <81>
_StripAddress
move.l d0,d1
move.l #fromAOutOpen,d0
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
beq.s @out ; we came from .Aout
@in lea AsyncAIn,a2 ; we came from .Ain-- store new .Ain driver header in DCE
move.l a2,(a1)
jmpROM backToAinOpen ; and finish up in ROM
@out lea AsyncAOut,a2 ; store new driver header for AOut into DCE
move.l a2,(a1)
LEA PortAVars,A2 ; local variables address
PEA NewPollDtain ; new disk poll routine
PEA NewSCAIntHnd ; new special RxD int handler
PEA NewRAIntHnd ; new RxD int handler
peaROM ROM_TAIntHnd,-(sp) ; ROM--TxD int handler
PEA Lvl2DT+16 ; SCC interrupt dispatch table, chan A
PEA NewExtAIntHnd ; External int handler
JmpRom backToAOutOpen ; JUMP BACK INTO ROM
; Channel B - almost the same patch as channel A
; Except of course for the BAP stuff
OpenBFix
move.l ExpandMem,a0 ; <90>
tst.w ExpandMemRec.emAppleTalkInactiveOnBoot(a0) ; <90> If AppleTalk is inactive, donÕt set up the LAP manager
bnz.s @appleTalkInactive ; <90> AppleTalk is not active.
move.l #'atkv',d0 ; what version of Appletalk? <81>
_Gestalt
tst.w d0 ; <90>
bne.s @appleTalkInactive ; <90>
move.l a0,d0 ; get high byte (version) into low byte
rol.l #8,d0
cmp.b #53,d0 ; is Atalk version 53 or greater?
bge.s @useLAP ; yes, than call LAP manager, it exists
@appleTalkInactive
; no, use old chkConfig
add.l #8,sp ; pop saved d0, d1 -- not needed
movea.l (sp)+,a0 ; pop A0 = addr to continue non-BAP ChkConfig
move.l (sp)+,a2 ; save Open return addr
jsr (a0) ; go do the ROM chkConfig rtn
bra.s @gotPort
@useLAP add.l #12,sp ; pop d0,d1,ROM ChkConfig addr
move.l (sp)+,a2 ; save Open return addr
movem.l a1-a2,-(sp) ; save out reg's we might use
move.w #LStatPortB,d0 ; request status of the printer port
move.l LAPMgrPtr,a0
jsr LAPMgrCall(a0)
cmp.b #useAsync,d1 ; do we already own the port?
beq.s @rstrReg ; yes
move.w #LUsePortB,d0 ; no, request use of the printer port-
move.b #useAsync,d1 ; for the serial driver-
move.l LAPMgrPtr,a0 ; by calling the LAP Manager
jsr LAPMgrCall(a0)
cmp.w #noErr,d0 ; did we get the printer port?
beq.s @rstrReg ; yes
movem.l (sp)+,a1-a2 ; no,restore reg's
rts ; return to IO Core: we already popped ret addrs and regs
@rstrReg
movem.l (sp)+,a1-a2 ; restore reg's
@gotPort
move.l a2,d0 ; get Open return addr
_StripAddress
move.l d0,d1
move.l #fromBOutOpen,D0 ; test for ChkBConfig call from BOutOpen
_StripAddress
cmp.l d0,d1
beq.s @out
@in lea AsyncBIn,a2 ; store new driver header for BIn into DCE
move.l a2,(a1)
JmpRom backToBInOpen ; jump back into ROM in BInOpen
@out
lea AsyncBOut,a2
move.l a2,(a1) ; store new driver header for BOut into DCE
move.l ExpandMem,a2 ; get storage ptr
lea ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a2),a2
CLR.L -(SP) ; no disk poll routine
PEA NewSCBIntHnd ; new special RxD int handler
PEA NewRBIntHnd ; new RxD int handler
pea NewTBIntHnd ; TxD int handler
pea Lvl2DT ; SCC interrupt dispatch table, chan A
pea NewExtBIntHnd ; External int handler
JmpRom backToBOutOpen ; JUMP BACK INTO ROM
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------
;
; Interrupt Handlers
;
;-----------------------------------------------------------------------
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: PollDtaIn
; Arguments: A5.L (input) -- AVBufA pointer
; A6.L (input) -- SCC channel A Data pointer
; PollStack -- start of stack data
; This routine should be jsr'ed to, with polled input data
; on the stack (high-order bytes between current SP+4 and
; PollStack address).
; Function: Processes input data from disk driver polling.
;
AsyncPRAddr EQU PollRtnAddr ; don't use DskRtnAddr because Sony driver uses it
NewPollDtaIn
MOVE.L PollStack,A4 ; start of data
MOVE.L (SP)+, AsyncPRAddr ; save return address <01Feb85>
StorData TST.B (A5) ; SCC data available?
BMI.S @1
MOVE.B (A6),-(SP) ; push it on the stack
BRA.S StorData ; get it emptied out . . .
@1 CMP.L SP,A4 ; processed all data?
BEQ.S @2 ; exit if so
SUBQ #2,A4 ; skip over garbage byte
MOVE.B (A4),D0 ; get next byte
LEA PortAVars,A3 ; get appropriate variables (channel A)
move.l SCCRd,a0 ; and scc pointers for RxBF routine <6.2>
adda.l #ACtl,a0 ; <6.2>
move.l SCCWr,a1 ; get scc write base ptr <6.2>
adda.l #ACtl,a1 ; <6.2>
BSR.S PollStash ; store it, using our RxBF routines
BRA.S StorData
@2 JmpRom backToPollDtain ; <patch> JUMP BACK TO ROM
;________________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: RXIntHnd
;
; Arguments: A0 (input) -- chan A/B control read address
; A1 (input) -- chan A/B control write address
;
; Function: This routine handles SCC receiver interrupts for
; both channels; the data is read and stashed, IODone called
; if necessary.
; Patch: forBAP, get driver storage ptr from expanded mem
; get DCE ptr from UTable
NewRBIntHnd
move.l ExpandMem,a2 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a2),a2
movea.l UTableBase,a3 ; get .Bin DCE ptr in a3
movea.l BInDCEOffset(a3),a3
movea.l (a3),a3
MOVE.B SCCData(A0),D0 ; get the data byte from SCC
bra.s PS1
NewRAIntHnd LEA PortAVars,A3 ; get appropriate variables (chan A)
RXIntHnd MOVE.B SCCData(A0),D0 ; get the data byte
PollStash MOVE.L (A3)+,A2 ; get pointer to local variables
MOVE.L (A3),A3 ; and DCE pointer
PS1 AND.B CharMask(A2),D0 ; zero unused high bits <14Oct85>
MOVE.B PEChar(A2),D1 ; Are we translating PE Characters?
BEQ.S @1 ; No, just save the char.
CMP.B D1,D0 ; Is the new char a PEChar?
BNE.S @1 ; No, just do normal stuff
MOVE.B AltChar(A2),D0 ; Make sure that a good char <14Oct85>
; doesn't look like PEChar.
@1 TST.B SWHS(A2) ; software handshake enabled?
BEQ.S StashIt ; branch if not
CMP.B XONChar(A2),D0 ; was this an XON? <14Oct85>
BNE.S @2 ; <patch>
JmpRom ToContOut ; <patch> BEQ.S ContOut
@2 CMP.B XOFFChar(A2),D0 ; how about an XOFF? <14Oct85>
BNE.S StashIt ; if not, then stash the character
ST XOFFlag(A2) ; if so, then note it
BRA.S InputRTS ; and exit
; stash byte in the user's buffer if a request is pending, otherwise use our own
StashIt TST.B ReadCmd(A2) ; read request pending?
BEQ.S PutInOurBuf ; if there isn't one, stash it in ours
PutInUserBuf
MOVE.L A3,A1 ; get DCE pointer
PEA @1 ; <patch> BSR.S toStash
MOVE.L JStash,-(SP) ; <patch>
RTS ; <patch>
@1 BPL.S InputRTS ; if request isn't finished, just RTS
CLR.B ReadCmd(A2) ; no longer a read request pending
JmpRom ToGoodFinish ; <patch> BRA.S GoodFinish
PutInOurBuf
JsrRom ToGetBufRegs ; <patch> BSR GetBufRegs
MOVE.B D0,0(A3,D1.W) ; stash the byte
ADDQ.W #1,D1 ; update BufIndex
CMP.W D3,D1
BNE.S @1 ; br if not at the end
MOVEQ #0,D1 ; otherwise, reset to 0
@1 CMP.W D2,D1 ; hit the output index?
BNE.S @2 ; br if not
BSET #SoftOR,AsyncErr(A2); note the soft overrun
BRA.S InputRTS ; and exit without updating index
@2 MOVE.W D1,BufIndex(A2) ; update index
TST.W InSWHS(A2) ; XON/XOFF or DTR input flow control?<14Oct85>
BEQ.S InputRTS ; br if not
JsrRom ToGetBufCnt ; <patch> BSR.S GetBufCnt
SUB.W D0,D3 ; bytes to top
CMP.W BufHigh(A2),D3 ; past the max limit?
BCC.S InputRTS ; exit if not
TST.B InHWHS(A2) ; input DTR flow control? <14Oct85>
BNE.S @4 ; <patch>
JmpRom ToCtlXOff ; <patch> BEQ.S CtlXOff
@4 BSET #6,FlowOff(A2) ; have we negated DTR? <14Oct85>
BEQ.S @3 ; <patch>
JmpRom ToPut ; <patch> HERE'S THE ONE LINE THAT CHANGED - BNE.S @3
@3 JmpRom backToPut ; <patch> JUMP BACK TO ROM
InputRTS RTS ; <patch>
;________________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: SCIntHnd
;
; Arguments: A0 (input) -- channel A/B control read address
; A1 (input) -- channel A/B control write address
;
; Function: This routine handles SCC special condition interrupts:
; these occur when an input character is received that has
; a parity error, framing error, or causes an overrun.
; If the option is set to abort on the error, the character
; is discarded and the input request (if any) aborted; otherwise,
; the error is noted and the character buffered as usual.
; Patch: forBAP, get driver storage ptr from expanded mem
; get DCE ptr from UTable
NewSCBIntHnd
move.l ExpandMem,a3 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a3),a2
movea.l UTableBase,a3 ; get .Bin DCE ptr in a3
movea.l BInDCEOffset(a3),a3
movea.l (a3),a3
bra.s SC1 ; and branch around port a code
NewSCAIntHnd
LEA PortAVars,A3 ; get appropriate variables (chan A)
SCIntHnd
MOVE.L (A3)+,A2 ; get local variables pointer
MOVE.L (A3),A3 ; and DCE pointer (delay, too)
SC1 MOVE.B #1,(A1) ; point to error reg
MOVE.B (A0),D1 ; read the error condition
MOVEQ #$70,D3 ; form $70 mask
AND.B D3,D1 ; isolate error bits
OR.B D1,AsyncErr(A2) ; accumulate errors (delay, too)
MOVE.B SCCData(A0),D0 ; get the data byte
AND.B CharMask(A2),D0 ; zero unused high-order bits <14Oct85>
MOVE.B Options(A2),D2 ; get abort options
AND.B D1,D2 ; should we abort?
MOVE.B #$30,(A1) ; reset the error flag
AND.B D3,D2
BNE.S @2 ; br if we should abort . . .
MOVE.B PEChar(A2),D3 ; alternate char for parity errors?
BEQ.S @1 ; br if not
CMP.B D0,D3 ; Is the incoming char equal to the PEChar?
BNE.S @0 ; No, no substitution needed.
MOVE.B AltChar(A2),D0 ; Make sure that a good char <14Oct85>
; doesn't look like PEChar.
@0 BTST #4,D1 ; parity error?
BEQ.S @1 ; br if not
MOVE.B D3,D0 ; replace it
@1 BRA StashIt ; go stash it . . .
@2 TST.B ReadCmd(A2) ; if we have no pending read command
BEQ.S InputRTS ; then just discard the character
MOVEQ #RcvrErr,D0 ; otherwise, note the error
JmpRom ToRdReqDone ; <patch> JUMP BACK TO ROM
;________________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: TBIntHnd
; for BAP
; Get the variables ptr from expand mem for the interrupt handlers
;
NewTBIntHnd
move.l ExpandMem,a2 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a2),a2
JmpRom backToTXIntHnd ; back to ROM
;________________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: ExtIntHnd
; for BAP
; Get the variables ptr from expand mem for the interrupt handlers
; Get input DCE ptr from the Unit Table
;
; -- patch to set bit 3 in AsyncErr (had to patch in ALL code before).
; -- also fix the RdReqDone problem
NewExtBIntHnd
move.l ExpandMem,a3 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a3),a2
movea.l UTableBase,a3 ; get .BIn DCE ptr in a3
movea.l 28(a3),a3
movea.l (a3),a3
bra.s ExtIntHnd
NewExtAIntHnd
LEA PortAVars,A3 ; get appropriate variables - chan A
MOVE.L (A3)+,A2 ; get pointer to local variables
MOVE.L (A3),A3 ; get .AIn DCE ptr in a3
ExtIntHnd
MOVE.B D1,D2 ; changed bits
AND.B postOptions(A2),D2 ; post this change?
BEQ.S @0 ; br if not
MOVEM.L D0/A0,-(SP) ; preserve these registers
MOVE.W #IODrvrEvt,A0
ASL.W #8,D0 ; make room for 'changed' values
MOVE.B D1,D0
SWAP D0 ; make room for input driver refnum
MOVE.W DCtlRefnum(A3),D0
_PostEvent ; and post the event
MOVEM.L (SP)+,D0/A0
@0 TST.B D1 ; see if it's a change in break status
BMI.S extBreak ; branch if it was a break interrupt
LSL.B #2,D0 ; must be CTS change
SMI CTSFlag(A2) ; set flags according to CTS
; This piece of code is used to detect a clock into the HWHS line
; and shut off the ext/sts interrupt for the handshake line.
CMP.W #80,HSCount(A2) ; exceeded 80 transitions in 16 MS? <14Oct85>
BCS.S @2 ; br if not <14Oct85>
MOVEQ #-128,D0 ; ($80) leave break ints enabled <14Oct85>
MOVEQ #15,D1 ; write register 15 <14Oct85>
jsrROM ToCtlSet ; <patch>
@2 MOVE.L Ticks,D2 ; get current tick time <14Oct85>
CMP.L LastTime(A2),D2 ; same as last? <14Oct85>
BEQ.S @3 ; br if so <14Oct85>
MOVE.L D2,LastTime(A2) ; new last time <14Oct85>
CLR.W HSCount(A2) ; restart count for new time <14Oct85>
@3 ADDQ #1,HSCount(A2) ; update count <14Oct85>
jmpROM toContOut1 ;<patch> BRA ContOut1--if freshly asserted, continue output<14Oct85>
extBreak TST.B D0 ; check break level
BMI.S @1 ; if it's asserted, terminate any input
MOVE.B SCCData(A0),D0 ; otherwise (end of break), discard null
@done RTS ; and return <2.5>
@1 MOVEQ #BreakRecd,D0 ; note the break
bset.b #3,AsyncErr(a2) ; we now note break level in status <80>
TST.B ReadCmd(A2) ; read request pending?
BEQ.S @done ; no, then just return <2.5>
jmpROM ToRdReqDone ; a3 has input DCE ptr
;_______________________________________________________________________ <81>
;
; Patched Driver headers (with signature long word before each header)
;
DC.b 'wong' ; our personal signature
AsyncAIn
DC.W $4D00 ; read, control, status, lock
DC.W 0,0 ; not an ornament
DC.W 0 ; no menu
DC.W AInOpen-AsyncAIn ; Initialization routine
DC.W AInPrime-AsyncAIn ; input Prime routine
DC.W AControl-AsyncAIn ; shared Control routine
DC.W AStatus-AsyncAIn ; shared Status routine
DC.W AInClose-AsyncAIn ; Close routine
DC.B 4 ; channel A input driver
DC.B '.AIn '
DC.b 'wong' ; our personal signature
AsyncAOut
DC.W $4E00 ; write, control, status, lock
DC.W 0,0 ; not an ornament
DC.W 0 ; no menu
DC.W AOutOpen-AsyncAOut ; Initialization routine
DC.W AOutPrime-AsyncAOut ; output Prime routine
DC.W AControl-AsyncAOut ; shared Control routine
DC.W AStatus-AsyncAOut ; shared Status routine
DC.W AOutClose-AsyncAOut ; Close routine
DC.B 5 ; channel A output driver
DC.B '.AOut'
DC.b 'wong' ; our personal signature
AsyncBIn
DC.W $4D00 ; read, control, status, lock
DC.W 0,0 ; not an ornament
DC.W 0 ; no menu
DC.W BInOpen-AsyncBIn ; Initialization routine
DC.W BInPrime-AsyncBIn ; input Prime routine
DC.W BControl-AsyncBIn ; shared Control routine
DC.W BStatus-AsyncBIn ; shared Status routine
DC.W BInClose-AsyncBIn ; Close routine
DC.B 4 ; channel B input driver
DC.B '.BIn '
DC.b 'wong' ; our personal signature
AsyncBOut
DC.W $4E00 ; write, control, status, lock
DC.W 0,0 ; not an ornament
DC.W 0 ; no menu
DC.W BOutOpen-AsyncBOut ; Initialization routine
DC.W BOutPrime-AsyncBOut ; output Prime routine
DC.W BControl-AsyncBOut ; shared Control routine
DC.W BStatus-AsyncBOut ; shared Status routine
DC.W BOutClose-AsyncBOut ; Close routine
DC.B 5 ; channel B output driver
DC.B '.BOut'
;_______________________________________________________________________ <81>
;
; jumping to ROM from our patched entry points
;
AInOpen jmpROM ROM_AInEntryOpen ;port a
AInClose jmpROM ROM_AInEntryClose
AInPrime jmpROM ROM_AInEntryPrime
AOutOpen jmpROM ROM_AOutEntryOpen
AOutClose jmpROM ROM_AOutEntryClose
AOutPrime jmpROM ROM_AOutEntryPrime
AControl jmpROM ROM_AEntryControl
AStatus jmpROM ROM_AEntryStatus
BInOpen JmpRom backToBInOpenStart ;port b
BOutOpen JmpRom backToBOutOpenStart
BInClose
moveq #0,d0 ; shorter to return than to jump to ROM
rts
BOutClose
JmpRom ToBOutClose ; don't need to screw with this other than
; patch above
BInPrime
move.l ExpandMem,a2 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a2),a2 ;
JmpRom backToBInPrime ; location to return to BInPrime
BOutPrime
move.l ExpandMem,a2 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a2),a2 ;
JmpRom backToBOutPrime ; location to return to BOutPrime
BControl
move.l ExpandMem,a2 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a2),a2 ;
JmpRom backToBControl ; location to return to BControl
BStatus
move.l ExpandMem,a2 ; use ExpandMem instead of PortBVars
move.l ExpandMemRec.emSerdVars(a2),a2 ;
JmpRom backToBStatus ; location to return to BStatus
;
; End of Async.a Patch <48><80><81>
;_____________________________________________________________________________________________
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB435 InitWindows
; PB438 InitWindows
; PB482 InitWindows
;
; This pair of patches correct an incorrect use of the DeskCPat lo-mem. Previously, I
; was overwriting the lo-mem pattern handle. Now, if it is a handle, I do a DisposPixPat
; first. And the system heap is safe for mankind once again.
;
; Removed patch to GetPixPat, and fixed it in InitWindows instead.
;
; Moved DeskCPat back to the system heap. Tested and used existing DeskCPat, if present.
MySetDeskCPat PROC EXPORT
SDCP1 EQU $10816
SDCP2 EQU $1082A
TST.L 4(SP) ; is the newPatt NIL?
BEQ.S @TurnOff ; yes, so switch back to binary <C666/22Jan87> DAF
MOVE.L DeskCPat,D1 ; get the pattern handle <PB435>
BEQ.S @1 ; if NIL then continue <PB435>
CMP.L MinusOne,D1 ; if uninitialized then continue <PB435>
BEQ.S @1 ; <PB435>
MOVE.L D1,-(SP) ; push the current pathandle <PB435>
_DisposPixPat ; flush old one <PB435>
@1 MOVE.L 4(SP),DeskCPat ; set it <C666/22Jan87> DAF
JMPRom SDCP1 ; continue in ROM <PB435>
@TurnOff JMPRom SDCP2 ; binary pat continue in ROM <PB435>
myInitWindows PROC EXPORT
IW1 EQU $F88E ; ROM returns here
; Stack Frame definition ; <C203> DAF
LocalVar EQU 0 ; stack frame eliminated <C491/08Dec86> DAF
; Added patches: cancel pending PaintBehind; reset alarm parity; and say
; that the window world exists. <EHB 1/23/85>
MOVEQ #7,D0 ; handy bit number <EHB 1/23/85>
BSET D0,DSWndUpdate ; cancel pending PaintBehind <EHB 1/23/85>
BSET D0,AlarmState ; reset alarm parity <EHB 1/23/85>
CLR.B WWExist ; say the window world exists <EHB 1/23/85>
MOVE.L MinusOne,SaveUpdate ;enable update accumulation and erasing
; set up the deskPattern from Sys.resource
SUBQ #4,SP ;make room for function result
MOVE #deskPatID,-(SP) ;push pattern ID of deskPattern
_GetPattern ;tell resource manager to get it
MOVE.L (SP)+,A0 ;get the pattern handle
MOVE.L (A0),A0 ;get pattern pointer
MOVE.L (A0)+,DeskPattern ;init the deskPattern
MOVE.L (A0),DeskPattern+4 ;don't forget 2nd half of it
; load the DeskCPat from the system if pCDeskPat enabled. The MPW Shell is has its own
; special memory management calls in the app zone, so we do this on the system zone to
; avoid conflicts. We need the cooperation of the Control Panel to keep the pattern in
; the correct zone.
TST.B pCDeskPat ; test flag <C725/31Jan87 DAF>
BPL.S @12 ; if hi bit clear, don't load ppat <C725/31Jan87 DAF>
MOVE.L DeskCPat,D0 ; get the deskCPat to see if it's already present <PB482/27Apr88> DAF
BEQ.S @10 ; if NIL, then load the pat <PB482/27Apr88> DAF
CMP.L MinusOne,D0 ; is it minus one? <PB482/27Apr88> DAF
BNE.S @12 ; if not, then use the existing one <PB482/27Apr88> DAF
@10
MOVE.L theZone,-(SP) ; save the current zone <PB482/27Apr88> DAF
MOVE.L sysZone,theZone ; switch to the system zone <PB482/27Apr88> DAF
SUBQ #4,SP ; make room for function result
MOVE #deskPatID,-(SP) ; push pattern ID of deskCPat
_GetPixPat ; tell resource manager to get it from system
MOVE.L (SP)+,DeskCPat ; put handle to pattern in lomem, overwriting invalid previous pixPat
BNE.S @11 ; if not present, use binary pat <C725/31Jan87 DAF>
BCLR #7,pCDeskPat ; clear the cDeskPat bit <C725/31Jan87 DAF>
@11 MOVE.L (SP)+,theZone ; restore the current zone <PB482/27Apr88> DAF
@12
PEA @initwinTail ; 'return address', for tailpatch <dvb> 4.3
LINK A6,#LocalVar ; make a stack frame <C203> DAF
; BEWARE!! - MacII saves more registers than MacSE, MacPlus !!
MOVEM.L D3-D7/A3-A4,-(SP) ;save work registers
JMPRom IW1 ; return to ROM
@initwinTail _InitPalettes ; <dvb> 4.3
RTS
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB512 -- UpdAltMDB patch
;
; This patch fixes a problem that occurs when an HFS alternate MDB is to be
; updated on a SuperDrive 1440k floppy. The problem occurs due to the way
; the routine UpdAltMDB determines the size of a floppy disk. The driver
; for the SuperDrive implements a Status call that returns a drive size list.
; We attempt to use this Status call, and if it fails, default to the old
; way of determining drive size (1-sided, 2-sided flag in the DQE).
;
; Due to the fact that the UpdAltMDB routine is not vectored, this patch
; dynamically patches out GetBlock for the duration of all calls to ExtBTFile
; so that GetBlock checks for a call from within the UpdAltMDB routine.
; If detected, the above method of determining disk size is employed
; and the result placed in register D2, where it is later used to
; read/write the alternate MDB. Afterwards, the GetBlock "come-from"
; patch is undone until the next instance of a call to ExtBTFile.
;
; PB512 24Jun88 JB Added patch to fix UpdAltMDB to use correct disk address
; on 1440k disks
; PB549 27Jul88 JB Modified to not make 'Get Format List' Status call unless
; doing so to the Sony driver. Fixes problems with 3rd party
; disks that either die, return garbage, or ignore CSCode
; altogether. Hope this can change someday...
; 29Oct90 KST Added a counter so that we will not overwrite jGetBlock
; when this patch is reentered.
;____________________________________________________________________________________
AltMDBPatch PROC
EXPORT MyExtBTF,svExtBTFile,svExtBTCounter
;
; Format List record returned by the SuperDrive version of the Sony Driver
;
; One record per possible drive configuration is returned on a
; Status call with csCode = 6. The entry with bit 6 in flflags set
; is the 'current disk' configuration and is the entry used to
; determine drive size.
;
FmtLstRec record 0 ;
frsize ds.l 1 ; Disk size in BYTES
frflags ds.b 1 ; flags
frspt ds.b 1 ; sectors per track
frtracks ds.w 1 ; total # of tracks
flrecsize equ * ; size of the format list record
endr
FmtLstCode equ 6 ; CSCode value for 'Get Format List' Status call
NFRecs equ 16 ; max # of FmtLstRec to allocate on the stack
;
; Save cells for some vectors:
;
svExtBTFile ds.l 1
svGetBlock ds.l 1
svExtBTCounter ds.w 1 ; counter flag initialized to $ffff <25Sep90>
;
; "Come from" address for call to GetBlock out of the
; UpdAltMDB routine:
;
fromUAMDB EQU $4080c648 ; SE=$408b84, MacII=$4080c648
MyExtBTF
;
; Install our GetBlock patch for the duration of this
; ExtBTFile call...
;
lea svExtBTCounter,a0 ; get the counter <25Sep90>
add.w #1,(a0) ; incr by one <25Sep90>
bgt.s @skip ; re-entered <25Sep90>
lea svGetBlock,a0 ; Install our GetBlock filter
move.l JGetBlock,(a0) ; ...for the duration of
lea MyGetBlock,a0 ; ...the call to ExtBTFile
move.l a0,JGetBlock ; We now "see" all GetBlock calls...
;
; Call the real ExtBTFile routine
;
@skip
move.l (sp)+,-(a6) ; Save async return address
pea @0 ; Where the real ExtBTFile will return...
move.l svExtBTFile,-(sp) ; Fake a JSR to the real ExtBTFile
rts
@0
;
; After calling ExtBTFile, undo the temporary patch to GetBlock...
;
lea svExtBTCounter,a0 ; get the counter <25Sep90>
sub.w #1,(a0) ; decr by one <25Sep90>
bpl.s @10 ; don't undo yet, we're nested now <25Sep90>
lea svGetBlock,a0 ; Restore the real GetBlock routine
move.l (a0),JGetBlock ; ...vector (ROM **or** RAM Cache)
@10
move.l (a6)+,-(sp) ; Restore our return addr
tst.w d0 ; Set condition codes
rts ; ...bye
;__________________________________________________________________
; This is where the real work is done. If this GetBlock filter
; catches a call from within the UpdAltMDB routine, we fudge the
; contents of D2, which is the block address of the alternate MDB.
;__________________________________________________________________
MyGetBlock
cmp.l #fromUAMDB,(sp) ; Call from within UpdAltMDB?
bne doGetBlock ; No, just do the old GetBlock...
;
; Get here on the call to GetBlock that we are looking for.
; Determine the real size of the disk and update D2 appropriately.
;
WITH FmtLstRec
movem.l a0/a2/d0/d1,-(sp) ; Save what we use...
;
; Try the Sony Driver control call to attempt to discover
; drive size. If it fails, revert to the old assumptions...
;
sub.w #NFRecs*flrecsize,sp ; Make space for the format records
move.l sp,a2 ; Save format record buffer address
;
; Push an ioparamblk on the stack
;
moveq #(ioQElSize+1)/2-1,d0 ;
@1 clr.w -(sp) ;
dbf d0,@1 ;
move.l sp,a0 ; Parameter block address
; Check here for Sony driver because 3rd party disk drivers don't <JB/27Jul88>
; correctly support _Status calls. Some don't even check the value <JB/27Jul88>
; of the CSCode parameter!!! For now, don't call any driver except <JB/27Jul88>
; our own Sony driver. Maybe someday we'll get all drivers to support <JB/27Jul88>
; the 'Format List' status call... <JB/27Jul88>
moveq #0,d2 ; Vol size in 512-byte blocks if not a Sony <JB/27Jul88>
move.w dQDrvSz(a3),d2 ; <JB/27Jul88>
cmp.w #dskRfN,dQRefNum(a3) ; Is this a Sony drive? <JB/27Jul88>
bne.s ckVersn ; Skip Status call if not, check DQE version...<JB/27Jul88>
move.w dQDrive(a3),ioVRefNum(a0) ; drive number
move.w dQRefNum(a3),ioRefNum(a0) ; driver refnum
move.w #FmtLstCode,csCode(a0) ; Opcode for 'Return Format List'
move.w #NFRecs,csParam(a0) ; max number of format records to return
move.l a2,csParam+2(a0) ; ptr to place to return format records
_Status ; Ask driver for drive sizes
bne.s guessiz ; If any error, guess the size...
;
; Scan the returned list of format records for the entry which
; describes the 'current disk'.
;
move.w csParam(a0),d0 ; Number of format entries returned
beq.s guessiz ; Go guess if driver returned zilch...
sub.w #1,d0 ; ...for DBF loop
@2
btst #6,frflags(a2) ; Is this entry for the 'current disk'
bne.s @3 ; Xfer if so...
add.w #flrecsize,a2 ; Else, point to next record
dbf d0,@2 ; ...and try again
bra.s guessiz ; No 'current disk' found, go guess...
@3
move.l frsize(a2),d2 ; Get drive size in BLOCKS
bra.s GVSzExit ; And return...
;
; Attempt to determine the drive size by looking at the
; drive queue element. This method used for any driver not
; supporting the control call.
;
guessiz:
move.w #800,d2 ; assume single-sided sony
tst.b dQDrvSz(a3) ; TwoSideFmt?
beq.s @1 ; br if not
add.l d2,d2 ; two-sided, double size
@1
ckVersn:
tst.w qType(a3) ; new version element?
beq.s GVSzExit ; br if not
move.l dQDrvSz(a3),d2 ; it's a long in the new world
swap d2 ; but swapped for compatibility
GVSzExit
add.w #ioQElSize+(NFRecs*flrecsize),sp ; Discard stuff on the stack
movem.l (sp)+,a0/a2/d0/d1 ; Restore scratch registers
ENDWITH
subq #2,d2 ; Convert disk size in blocks to alt MDB address
;__________________________________________________________________
; Do the actual GetBlock call -- D2 adjusted, if necessary
;__________________________________________________________________
doGetBlock
move.l svGetBlock,-(sp) ; Continue in the real GetBlock...
rts
ENDPROC ; **** End of AltMDBPatch patch ****
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB531 12Jul88 DAF DrawII Sucks Bug
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 12Jul88 #PB531 (PaintRect) (PaintRect)
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 12Jul88 #PB531 (FrameRect) (FrameRect)
;
; Draw II (released version) does a VERY BAD thing. It records multiple versions of objects
; in PICTs using a bunch of invalid transfer modes and side effects to prevent certain
; objects from showing up on the LaserWriter or screen. Stretch no-op's on invalid penmodes
; but bitBlt doesn't so, you get garbage on the screen (garbage in, garbage out). These
; patches on FrameRect and PaintRect no-op if the penmode is invalid. Gross. We shouldn't
; fix this, but I'm sure we'll get even.
;
MyPaintRect PROC EXPORT
ROMPaintRect EQU $1D398 ;
MOVE.L grafGlobals(A5),A0 ; get pointer to grafGlobs
MOVE.L thePort(A0),A0 ; look at thePort
CMP.W #16,pnMode(A0) ; is it greater than 16?
BLT.S @OTay ; nope
CMP.W #31,pnMode(A0) ; is it less then 31?
BGT.S @OTay ; nope
MOVE.L (SP)+,A0 ; get the result
ADDQ #4,SP ; pitch the rect
JMP (A0) ; and return to app
@OTay JMPROM ROMPaintRect ; continue with PaintRect
MyFrameRect PROC EXPORT
ROMFrameRect EQU $1D394 ;
MOVE.L grafGlobals(A5),A0 ; get pointer to grafGlobs
MOVE.L thePort(A0),A0 ; look at thePort
CMP.W #16,pnMode(A0) ; is it greater than 16?
BLT.S @OTay ; nope
CMP.W #31,pnMode(A0) ; is it less then 31?
BGT.S @OTay ; nope
MOVE.L (SP)+,A0 ; get the result
ADDQ #4,SP ; pitch the rect
JMP (A0) ; and return to app
@OTay JMPROM ROMFrameRect ; continue with FrameRect
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB546 26Jul88 DAF ShowCursor Patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 12Jul88 #PB546 (jShowCursor) (jShowCursor)
;
; A vestige of the MacPlus ShowCursor code was it's calculation of save space (whether the cursor
; could be saved in one long word or not). This calculation assumes that pixelsize is 1, which
; obviously isn't the case. The result was that too large of a save space was sometimes allocated
; and could cause bytes that are just past the right edge of the screen to get trashed. BlackJack
; leaves no free bytes between rows, and as a result, the left edge of the screen can get trashed.
; This patch, by BAL, corrects the save space calculation.
;
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; SHOWCURSOR - Called from CrsrVBLTask and via Jump Table.
;
; Adds 1 to CRSRSTATE and paints cursor if zero and cursor is
; not already visible.
;
MYSHOWCURSOR PROC EXPORT
ToShowCrsr EQU $1ADC2
ShftTbl EQU $1EC92
ExTbl EQU $22C16
DoneShow EQU $1AE26
MOVE.B #1,CRSRBUSY ;MARK CHANGE IN PROGRESS
TST.L CRSRPTR ;CURSOR ALLOCATED?
BMI.S DONEHIDE ;=>NO, JUST RETURN
ADDQ #1,CRSRSTATE ;CURSOR HIDDEN ONE LESS DEEP
BLT.S DONEHIDE ;QUIT IF STILL HIDDEN
CLR CRSRSTATE ;DON'T LET CRSRSTATE GET > 0
TST.B CRSRVIS ;IS CURSOR ALREADY VISIBLE?
BEQ DoPatch ;no, so do the redraw
DONEHIDE
CLR.B CrsrBusy ;all done
RTS
DoPatch
MOVEM.L D0-D7/A0-A6,-(SP) ;SAVE REGISTERS
LEA THECRSR+DATA,A2 ;POINT TO THE CURSOR
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; CONVERT CHUNKY DEPTH TO SHIFT AMOUNT IN D7
;
LEAROM SHFTTBL,A0 ;TO CONVERT DEPTH TO SHIFT
MOVE CHUNKYDEPTH,D1 ;GET DEPTH
MOVEQ #0,D7 ;DEFAULT SHIFT = 0
MOVE.B 0(A0,D1),D7 ;GET SHIFT AMOUNT IN D7
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; CHECK THE CURSOR TO SEE IF IT HAS CHANGED
; OLD CURSORS: CHECK CURSOR DATA AND DEPTH
; NEW CURSORS: CHECK DEPTH
;
GOTSHFT MOVE.L ([CRSRPTR]),A4 ;GET POINTER TO CURSOR DATA (LOCKED)
CMP #CCRSRPAT,CCTYPE(A4) ;IS IT A COLOR CURSOR?
BNE.S OLDCUR ;=>NO, JUST AN OLD ONE
CMP CCDEPTH(A4),D1 ;HAS DEPTH CHANGED?
BEQ NOEXPAND ;=>NO, DON'T EXPAND
CMP #2,D1 ;IS DEPTH 2 or 1?
BGT.S EXPMASK ;=>NO, JUST EXPAND MASK
BRA.S CPYDATA ;=>ELSE JUST COPY DATA
OLDCUR LEA CCLASTCRSR(A4),A0 ;POINT TO SAVED DATA
MOVE.L A2,A1 ;GET POINTER TO CURSOR
MOVEQ #7,D0 ;CHECK 8 LONGS
@0 CMP.L (A0)+,(A1)+ ;ARE THEY THE SAME?
BNE.S GOEXPAND ;=>NO, EXPAND IT
DBRA D0,@0 ;=>LOOP UNTIL DONE
CMP CCDEPTH(A4),D1 ;HAS DEPTH CHANGED?
BEQ.S NOEXPAND ;=>NO, DON'T EXPAND
GOEXPAND
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; INVALIDATE EXPANDED DATA FOR EACH DEVICE BY CLEARING DEPTH
; THIS MUST BE DONE SO THAT ALL EXPANDED CURSOR IMAGES ARE RENDERED INVALID AFTER
; AN OLD CURSOR HAS BEEN SET. IF THE CURSOR IS NEW, SETCCURSOR ALREADY DID THIS.
MOVE.L DEVICELIST,A0 ;GET FIRST HANDLE IN DEVICE LIST
NXTGD MOVE.L (A0),A0 ;POINT TO FIRST DEVICE
TST GDFLAGS(A0) ;IS IT ACTIVE?
BPL.S NOTACT ;=>NO, SKIP TO NEXT
CLR GDCCDEPTH(A0) ;ELSE INVALIDATE EXPANDED DATA
NOTACT MOVE.L GDNEXTGD(A0),D0 ;GET NEXT GRAFDEVICE
MOVE.L D0,A0 ;GET INTO A0
BNE.S NXTGD ;=>REPEAT FOR ALL DEVICES
; COPY THE CURSOR DATA TO IDENTIFY THIS CURSOR
CPYDATA LEA CCLASTCRSR(A4),A0 ;POINT TO SAVED DATA
MOVE.L A2,A1 ;GET CURSOR
MOVEQ #7,D0 ;MOVE 8 LONGS
@0 MOVE.L (A1)+,(A0)+ ;MOVE A LONG
DBRA D0,@0 ;=>LOOP UNTIL DONE
; UPDATE THE ROWBYTES AND DEPTH FOR THE EXPANDED DATA
MOVE D1,(A0)+ ;COPY THE DEPTH TOO
MOVE D1,CCDEPTH(A4) ;SET DEPTH TO SAY IT'S EXPANDED
ADD D1,D1 ;DOUBLE FOR CURSOR'S ROWBYTES
MOVE D1,CCBYTES(A4) ;AND UPDATE ROWBYTES
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; EXPAND THE CURSOR TO THE CURRENT DEPTH
;
MOVE.L A2,A0 ;SRC = CURSOR
MOVE.L ([CCXDATA,A4]),A1 ;POINT TO EXPANDED DATA (LOCKED)
MOVE.L A1,A2 ;GET START OF DST BUFFER
MOVE #32,D5 ;GET #BYTES OF SOURCE
LSL D7,D5 ;MULTIPLY BY DEPTH
ADD D5,A2 ;POINT TO END OF BUFFER
LEARom EXTBL,A3 ;POINT TO ROUTINE TABLE
ADD 0(A3,D7*2),A3 ;USE DEPTH TO SELECT ROUTINE
MOVEQ #0,D0 ;CLEAR HIGH PART OF D0
JSR (A3) ;EXPAND 32*DEPTH BYTES
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; EXPAND THE MASK TO THE CURRENT DEPTH
;
EXPMASK LEA THECRSR+MASK,A0 ;SRC = CURSOR MASK
MOVE.L ([CCXMASK,A4]),A1 ;POINT TO EXPANDED MASK (LOCKED)
MOVE.L A1,A2 ;GET START OF DST BUFFER
ADD D5,A2 ;POINT TO END OF BUFFER
LEARom EXTBL,A3 ;POINT TO ROUTINE TABLE
ADD 0(A3,D7*2),A3 ;USE DEPTH TO SELECT ROUTINE
MOVEQ #0,D0 ;CLEAR HIGH PART OF D0
JSR (A3) ;EXPAND 32*DEPTH BYTES
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; PREPARE TO BLT THE CURSOR ON THE SCREEN IN ANY DEPTH
; (SUBTITLE: WALTZ OF THE REGISTERS)
;
NOEXPAND MOVE.L ([CCXDATA,A4]),A2 ;A2 = EXPANDED DATA FOR BLT (LOCKED)
MOVE.L ([CCXMASK,A4]),A3 ;A3 = EXPANDED MASK FOR BLT (LOCKED)
MOVEQ #16,D5 ;D5 = 16
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; CLIP THE CURSOR VERTICALLY AND GET THE TOP AND BOTTOM INTO D2 AND D3.
; IF THE TOP IS CLIPPED, UPDATE THE DATA BASE ADDRESSES IN A2 AND A3.
;
MOVE MOUSE+V,D2 ;MOUSE POSITION Y
SUB CRSRPIN+TOP,D2 ;CONVERT TO SCREEN LOCAL COORDS
SUB THECRSR+HOTSPOT+V,D2 ; - HOTSPOT = TOP EDGE
MOVE D2,D3 ;GET CURSOR BOTTOM
ADD D5,D3 ; = TOP + 16
CMP D5,D3 ;AT TOP?
BGE.S CHKBOT ;=>NOT AT TOP
NEG D2 ;GET NUMBER OF CLIPPED ROWS
CMP D5,D2 ;ARE ALL 16 CLIPPED?
BNE.S notClip ; if not, then continue
ShowDown ; <PB560 09Aug88 BAL>
JMPROM DONESHOW ;=>IF SO, NOTHING TO SHOW
notClip MULU CCBYTES(A4),D2 ; * ROWBYTES FOR OFFSET
ADD.L D2,A2 ;ADD VERTICAL OFFSET INTO CURSOR
ADD.L D2,A3 ;ADD VERTICAL OFFSET INTO MASK
MOVEQ #0,D2 ;AND PIN CURSOR TO TOP
CHKBOT MOVE COLLINES,D4 ;GET BOTTOM OF SCREEN
CMP D4,D3 ;PAST BOTTOM?
BLE.S CHKLFT ;=>NO, VERTICAL OK
MOVE D4,D3 ;ELSE PIN TO BOTTOM EDGE
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; CLIP THE CURSOR HORIZONTALLY AND GET THE LEFT AND RIGHT INTO D0 AND D1
; IF THE LEFT OF THE CURSOR IS CLIPPED, ADJUST THE OFFET IN D6.
CHKLFT MOVEQ #0,D6 ;INIT SRC/DST OFFSET TO 0
MOVE MOUSE+H,D0 ;MOUSE POSITION X
SUB CRSRPIN+LEFT,D0 ;CONVERT TO SCREEN LOCAL COORDS
SUB THECRSR+HOTSPOT+H,D0 ; - HOTSPOT = CURSOR LEFT
MOVE D0,D1 ;GET CURSOR RIGHT
ADD D5,D1 ; = LEFT + 16
CMP D5,D1 ;AT LEFT EDGE?
BGE.S CHKRT ;=>NOT AT LEFT EDGE
SUB D0,D6 ;OFFSET = AMOUNT CLIPPED
MOVEQ #0,D0 ;AND PIN TO LEFT EDGE
CHKRT MOVE ROWBITS,D4 ;GET RIGHT EDGE OF SCREEN
CMP D4,D1 ;PAST RIGHT EDGE?
BLE.S RTOK ;=>NO, HORIZONTAL OK
MOVE D4,D1 ;ELSE PIN TO RIGHT EDGE
RTOK
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; USE TOP AND LEFT TO CALCULATE THE LONG ALIGNED SCREEN BASE ADDRESS
MOVE.L CRSRBASE,A5 ;A5 = POINTER TO BASE OF SCREEN
MOVE CRSRROW,A0 ;A0 = SCREEN ROWBYTES
MOVE A0,D4 ;COPY FOR MULU
MULU D2,D4 ;TOP * ROWBYTES
ADD.L D4,A5 ;ADD VERT OFFSET INTO SCREEN
LSL D7,D0 ;CONVERT LEFT PIXELS TO BITS
MOVE D0,D4 ;GET LEFT EDGE
AND #$FFE0,D4 ;LONGWORD ALIGNED
MOVE D4,D5 ;MAKE A COPY
ASR #3,D5 ;CONVERT BITS TO BYTES
ADD D5,A5 ;GET BASE OFFSET IN SCREEN
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; SAVE THE CRSRRECT FOR CURSHIELD
LEA CrsrRect,A1 ;SET UP CRSRRECT
MOVE D2,(A1)+ ;TOP
MOVE D4,D5 ;GET LONG ALIGNED LEFT IN BITS
LSR D7,D5 ;CONVERT TO PIXELS
MOVE D5,(A1)+ ;LONG ALIGNED LEFT
MOVE D3,(A1)+ ;BOTTOM
MOVE D5,(A1) ;RIGHT = LEFT + 32 OR 64
; ADD #32,(A1) ;ASSUME RIGHT,LEFT IN SAME LONG
; EOR D1,D5 ;TURN OFF COMMON BITS
; AND #$FFE0,D5 ;IGNORE LOW 32
; BEQ.S SAMELONG ;=>NOT IN SAME LONG
; ADD #32,(A1) ;ELSE BUMP RIGHT
SAMELONG
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; ADJUST DST/SRC OFFSET IN D6
; GET NUMBER OF ROWS TO DO IN D3
; GET LONGCNT IN D5 AND USE TO ADJUST DSTBUMP IN A0
AND #$1F,D0 ;GET LEFT EDGE MOD 32
LSL D7,D6 ;CONVERT OFFSET TO BITS
SUB D0,D6 ; = NEG OFFSET FROM SOURCE
LSL D7,D1 ;CONVERT RIGHT EDGE TO BITS
MOVE D1,D5 ;MAKE COPY
SUB D4,D5 ;GET WIDTH OF CURSOR
ble.s ShowDown ;bit width <=0, so nothing to draw <PB560 09Aug88 BAL>
subq #1,d5 ;force multiples of 32 to round down
LSR #5,D5 ;GET LONGS-1
SUB D2,D3 ;D3 = # ROWS TO DO
SUBQ #1,D3 ;MAKE IT 0 BASED
MOVE D5,D2 ;GET LONGS
ADDQ #1,D2 ;MAKE ONE BASED
LSL #2,D2 ;CONVERT TO BYTES
SUB D2,A0 ;ADJUST DST BUMP
lsl #3,d2 ;get long aligned bit width
lsr d7,d2 ;get effective cursr pixel width
add d2,(a1) ;adjust crsrRect.right = left+width
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; CONVERT LEFT EDGE AND RIGHT EDGE TO LEFTMASK AND RIGHTMASK IN D4 AND D2
MOVEQ #-1,D4 ;FILL LONG WITH ONES
LSR.L D0,D4 ;AND SHIFT IN 0'S FOR LEFTMASK
MOVEQ #-1,D2 ;FILL LONG WITH ONES
AND #$1F,D1 ;GET RIGHT MOD 32
beq.s @1 ;does right have a real mask? no, flush it
LSR.L D1,D2 ;AND SHIFT 0'S IN FROM RIGHT
NOT.L D2 ;GET RIGHTMASK
;-----------------------------------------------
;
; SAVE DSTLEFT/DSTBUMP/LONGCNT/ROWCNT INTO CRSRPTR SO THAT
; HIDECURSOR KNOWS HOW MUCH SCREEN TO REPLACE.
@1 JMPROM ToShowCrsr
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PB552 26Jul88 DAF ShieldCursor Patch
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 27Jul88 #PB552 (jShieldCursor) (jShieldCursor)
;
; Here is more Leakware. This patch is a companion to PB546 above. Like the other patch, it
; corrects some bounding box problems with one-bit cursors.
MyShieldCursor PROC EXPORT
BackToJShield EQU $1AE58
NoSect EQU $1AE80
ShieldBottom EQU 16
MOVEM.L D0/A0-A1,-(SP) ;SAVE REGISTERS
LEA CrsrRect,A0 ;point to crsr rect
MOVE.L CrsrDevice,A1 ;GET CURSOR DEVICE
MOVE.L (A1),A1 ;POINT TO CURSOR DEVICE
ADD #GDRECT,A1 ;POINT TO DEVICE'S RECT
MOVE ShieldBottom(SP),D0 ;GET SHIELD BOTTOM
SUB TOP(A1),D0 ;CONVERT TO SCREEN LOCAL
CMP (A0)+,D0 ;IS SHIELDBOTTOM < SAVETOP ?
BLT.S @NOSECT ;YES, NO INTERSECTION
JMPROM BackToJShield ; continue in ROM
@NoSect JMPROM NoSect ; here, too
endp
;___________________________________________________________________________
;
; Patch PB586 ABO/BBM
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 15nov88 PB586 MPP Control hook ATP - ReqDupl
;___________________________________________________________________________
ATPDuplPatch proc export
AB EQU $4F ; Offset to DDP argument block in qEl
HB EQU $60 ; Offset to ATP header block in qEl
SaveRtn EQU WDSPointer+24 ; Offset to saved return address in qEl
FromReqDupl EQU $82C08E ; Where called from in ATP
ATPDataSize EQU $ABA ; Size of ATP variables
LookRspCB EQU $4082B7F0 ; Find RspCB routine in ROM
;
; The patch. First see if it looks like we were called from ReqDupl.
;
MOVE.L SaveRtn(A0),D0 ; ATP saves return address here
CMP #($FFFF AND FromReqDupl),D0 ; Does low word match? (quick check)
BEQ.S @20 ; Branch if so
@10 RTS ; Otherwise, no patch
@20 SUB.L #FromReqDupl,D0 ; Subtract address in ReqDupl
AND.L Lo3Bytes,D0 ; Mask high byte
BNE.S @10 ; Branch if not from ReqDupl
;
; Probably from ReqDupl in ATP. So that this patch is less risky, only patch if the
; data pointer looks bad. If the data pointer looks ok (won't cause a bus error), then
; worst case will be we'll write out a garbage reply to an already-completed request.
;
MOVE.L WDSPointer(A0),A3 ; A3 -> WDS
MOVE WDSEntrySz*2+2(A3),D3 ; D3 = high word of third pointer
CMP.B #$90,D3 ; Is pointer above ROM?
BLO.S @10 ; If not, it's good
;
; We need to really be sure this queue element was from ATP (this check should
; really have been done first, but it takes the most time)
;
MOVE.L AbusVars,A2 ; A2 -> MPP variables
MOVE.L ATPVars(A2),A2 ; A2 -> ATP variables
MOVE.L Lo3Bytes,D0 ; D0 = mask
MOVE.L A2,D2 ; D2 -> ATP variables
AND.L D0,D2 ; D2 = masked ATP var pointer
MOVE.L A0,D3 ; D3 -> qEl
AND.L D3,D0 ; D0 = masked qEl pointer
CMP.L D2,D0 ; See if qEl in ATP variables
BLO.S @10 ; If not, wasn't from ATP
ADD.L #ATPDataSize,D2 ; D2 = masked end of ATP vars
CMP.L D2,D0 ; See if qEl in ATP variables
BHI.S @10 ; If not, wasn't from ATP
;
; We're writing out a duplicate response with a potentially bad data pointer.
; Make sure we still own this RspCB.
;
MOVE.L A1,-(SP) ; Save A1
MOVE HB+ATPTransID(A0),D0 ; D0 = TID
MOVE.B Socket(A0),D1 ; D1 = source socket
MOVE.L AB+LAPHdSz+DDPDstNet(A0),D3 ; D3 = destination net (in high word)
MOVE AB+LAPHdSz+DDPDstNode(A0),D3 ; Add in node (high byte of low word)
MOVE.B AB+LAPHdSz+DDPDstSkt(A0),D3 ; D3 = full address
JSR LookRspCB ; Look for the RspCB
MOVE.L (SP)+,A1 ; Restore A1
BEQ.S @10 ; Just return if ok
;
; We no longer own this RspCB. Just return an error to the write call
;
ADDQ #4,SP ; Pop return pointer
MOVEQ #-96,D0 ; Set an error code
MOVE.L jIODone,A2 ; A2 -> ioDone
JMP (A2) ; We're done
ENDP
;#### end of PB586 ####
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; PP332 Cache control trap
;
; This patch adds a new trap to programatically control parameters of the RAMCache.
;
;
; Function: These traps provide an interface to the file system
; caching mechanism.
;
; Cache Trap
; Routines:
; GetCSize Get cache size
; SetCSize Set cache size
; GetApZnSiz Get minimum application zone size
; SetApZnSiz Set minimum application zone size
; GetMaxCXfr Get maximum cached transfer size
; SetMaxCXfr Set maximum cached transfer size
; GetCStatus Get cache status
; SetCStatus Get cache status
;
; Internal
; Routines:
; GetCacSize Get current size of cache
;
; To do:
; Need to completely redefine way cache uses memory. Should be
; a trap here to feed memory to the cache (called by MultiFinder
; or memory manager), also a way to ask for those blocks back
; if they are needed.
; Need some reasonableness checks for parameters.
;
; Modification History:
;
; <20Nov87> JB New today.
; <25Nov87> JB Added get/set cache status
; <02Dec87> JB Changed for ioParamblock interface
; <20Feb89> JB/DNF Moved from BeforePatches.a
;_____________________________________________________________________________
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; Cache trap dispatcher
;
; Supplied:
; D0.W Service selector index
; A0.L New cache parameter value if call is a 'set' call
;
; Returned:
; D0.L Result code
; 'ParamErr' is returned if either the selector
; is invalid or if the value supplied on a 'set'
; call is unreasonable
; A0.L Requested cache parameter value if the
; call was a 'get' call
;_____________________________________________________________________________
CachePatch PROC EXPORT
include 'DiskCachePriv.a' ; P003 <21Feb89><1.9>
ROMFSQSync equ $40807d90 ; Mac SE FSQueueSync address <1.9>
ROMCmdDone equ $40807e48 ; Mac SE CmdDone address <1.9>
ioMisc equ $1C ; old ioMisc mnemonic--need appropriate new name
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; Cache trap dispatch table:
;_____________________________________________________________________________
CTrapTbl dc.w GetCSize-CTrapTbl ; 0 - get cache size
dc.w SetCSize-CTrapTbl ; 1 - set cache size
dc.w GetApZnSiz-CTrapTbl ; 2 - get min application zone size
dc.w SetApZnSiz-CTrapTbl ; 3 - set min application zone size
dc.w GetMaxCXfr-CTrapTbl ; 4 - get max cached transfer size
dc.w SetMaxCXfr-CTrapTbl ; 5 - set max cached transfer size
dc.w GetCStatus-CTrapTbl ; 6 - get cache status
dc.w SetCStatus-CTrapTbl ; 7 - set cache status
maxCacheTrap equ (*-CTrapTbl)/2 ; Number of traps defined
EXPORT CacheTrap
CacheTrap cmp.w #maxCacheTrap,d0 ; Valid trap index?
blo.s @1 ; Xfer if so...
moveq #ParamErr,d0 ; Else, indicate parameter error
rts
@1
lea CTrapTbl,a1 ; Base of dispatch table
add.w d0,d0 ; Trap index into WORD index
add.w (a1,d0),a1 ; Routine to invoke
jmp (a1) ; Go to requested routine...
CTExit
jmp ROMCmdDone ; Exit via the file system...
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 0 -- Get cache size
;_____________________________________________________________________________
GetCSize
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
move.l CacheVars,a1 ; Cache vars address
move.l OldBufPtr(a1),d0 ; Pre-cache BufPtr
sub.l NewBufPtr(a1),d0 ; Size of cache = (Pre-cache BufPtr)-current
move.l d0,ioMisc(a0) ; Return in param block
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra.s CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 1 -- Set cache size
;_____________________________________________________________________________
SetCSize
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
move.l ioMisc(a0),d0 ; Get desired cache size
moveq #15,d1 ; Divide by 32K
lsr.l d1,d0 ; ...
move.b d0,CacheConfig ; Set mem config for next launch
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra.s CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 2 -- Get minimum application zone size
;_____________________________________________________________________________
GetApZnSiz
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
move.l CacheVars,a1 ; Cache vars address
move.l CacheMinZn(a1),ioMisc(a0)
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra.s CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 3 -- Set minimum application zone size
;
; This value is examined whenever the cache is grown. Cache size will
; not be allowed to exceed this amount. The default value is enough
; space to load and run an application. The value may be set to a
; smaller value to enable use of memory for cacheing when it is known
; that other applications will not be present (MultiFinder).
;_____________________________________________________________________________
SetApZnSiz
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
move.l CacheVars,a1 ; Cache vars address
move.l ioMisc(a0),CacheMinZn(a1) ; Set new ApplZone size minimum
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra.s CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 4 -- Get maximum cached transfer size
;_____________________________________________________________________________
GetMaxCXfr
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
move.l CacheVars,a1 ; Cache vars address
move.l CacheByteLim(a1),ioMisc(a0)
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra.s CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 5 -- Set maximum cached transfer size
;
; This value is examined on each "read/write in place" call. These cache
; calls are used by file system to transfer integral blocks from the
; caller's buffer to/from the disk (possibly) without caching. Setting
; this value to a smaller value will tend to keep reading/writing large
; files from effectively causing a flush of the cache. This might
; make an environment where multiple files are typically open behave
; better (i.e., one application won't tend to cause the cache to be
; flushed).
;_____________________________________________________________________________
SetMaxCXfr
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
move.l CacheVars,a1 ; Cache vars address
move.l OldBufPtr(a1),d0 ; Pre-cache BufPtr
sub.l NewBufPtr(a1),d0 ; Size of cache = (Pre-cache BufPtr)-current
move.l ioMisc(a0),d1 ; Get caller's parameter
cmp.l d1,d0 ; Cache size >= requested max xfer size?
bhs.s @1 ; Xfer if so...
moveq #ParamErr,d0 ; Else, indicate parameter error
bra CTExit
@1
move.l d1,CacheByteLim(a1) ; Set new max transfer size
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 6 -- Get cache status
;_____________________________________________________________________________
GetCStatus
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
move.l CacheVars,a1 ; Cache vars address
moveq #0,d0 ; Assume cache disabled
tst.b CurEnable(a1) ; Cache currently enabled?
beq.s @1 ; Xfer if currently disabled (error?)
btst #5,CacheEnable ; test enable bit
beq.s @1 ; Xfer if disabled
moveq #1,d0 ; Else, indicate "enabled"
@1
move.l d0,ioMisc(a0) ; Set returned cache status to caller
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; 7 -- Set cache status
;_____________________________________________________________________________
SetCStatus
jsr ROMFSQSync ; Synchronize with the file manager
tst.l ioMisc(a0) ; Enable or disable?
beq.s @1 ; Xfer if disable...
bset #5,CacheEnable ; Else, ask for enable on next launch
bra.s @2
@1
bclr #5,CacheEnable ; Ask for disable on next launch
@2
moveq #0,d0 ; Result = SUCCESS
bra CTExit
;_____________________________________________________________________________
;********************** End of Cache control trap ****************************
;_____________________________________________________________________________
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; P005 S118 MapFBlock patch:
;
; This patch fixes a problem in MapFBlock which was trashing the extent file.
; MapFBlock was adding a word value rather than a long word value during the
; calculation of starting logical block number. This resulted in a wrap-
; around of the block number (modulo 64K). Since the extent file resides at
; allocation block zero, it was the first file to be trashed.
;
; This patch applies to ROM76 - ROM78 only. A separate patch in ROM75Fix
; (PM119) is required for ROM75. This is due to the absense of MapFBlock and
; XFSearch vectors in ROM75.
;
; Patched using the "MapFBlock" vector. NOTE, this patch replaces the
; "jMapFBlock" vector without saving the previous contents of that vector!
;
; The corresponding source code modification for this patch were made to
; FXM.a in the "MapFBlock" routine. The required modification was simply
; changing "ADD.W D0,D3" to "ADD.L D0,D3" when calculating the physical
; start block address.
;____________________________________________________________________________________
MapFBPatch: PROC EXPORT
MOVE.L (SP)+,-(A6) ; save return address on A6 stack
MOVEM.L D1-D2/D4-D5/D7/A0-A1/A3-A4,-(A6) ; save registers
SUB #lenFXVars,A6 ; allocate memory for FXM vars <19Mar87>
MOVEA.L A6,A4 ; A4 = pointer to FXM vars <19Mar87>
CLR.B FXVFlags(A4) ; clear all flags <19Mar87>
LEA 0(A1,D1.W),A3 ; A3 = FCB pointer
;
; locate the extent mapping the desired file position
;
MOVE.L D5,D0 ; file position
MOVEA.L jXFSearch,A0 ; call XFSearch via its vector <19Mar87>
JSR (A0) ; <19Mar87>
BNE.S MFExit ; exit on errors
LEA 0(A1,D1.W),A1 ; A1 = ptr to extent entry
MOVE.W D3,D1 ; D1 = beg FABN for extent
SUB.W xdrNumABlks(A1),D1 ;
MOVE.W D3,D2 ; D2 = end FABN in extent + 1
;
; determine end of available space (PEOF or end of extent)
;
MULU VCBAlBlkSiz+2(A2),D2 ; convert end FABN + 1 to file pos
MOVE.L FCBPLen(A3),D0 ; get PEOF
CMP.L D0,D2 ; end of extent > PEOF?
BLE.S @1 ; no, use end of extent ->
MOVE.L D0,D2 ; yes, use PEOF
@1 DIVU VCBAlBlkSiz+2(A2),D2 ; D2 = end of avail space ( end FABN + 1)
;
; set up some constants
;
MOVE.L VCBAlBlkSiz(A2),D6 ; D6 = # blks per alloc blk
DIVU #512,D6 ;
MOVEQ #0,D7 ; D7 = start blk # for alloc blks
MOVE.W VCBAlBlSt(A2),D7 ;
;
; calculate physical start block
;
MOVE.L D5,D3 ; file position / alloc blk size
DIVU VCBAlBlkSiz+2(A2),D3 ; = FABN mapping file position
SWAP D3 ; Get remainder in low word <PWD 26Sep85>
MOVEQ #0,D0 ; Clear top word to get remainder as long <PWD 26Sep85>
MOVE.W D3,D0 ; Compute block offset within alloc block <PWD 26Sep85>
LSR.L #8,D0 ; 'divide' by 256 <PWD 26Sep85>
LSR.L #1,D0 ; and again by 2 to get size in phys. blocks <PWD 26Sep85>
SWAP D3 ; Restore D3 for use <PWD 26Sep85>
SUB.W D1,D3 ; - beg FABN = alloc blk delta
ADD.W xdrStABN(A1),D3 ; + starting ABN = ABN mapping file pos
MULU D6,D3 ; convert to physical block #
ADD.L D0,D3 ; Offset in physical blocks within alloc. blk <19Mar87>
ADD.L D7,D3 ;
;
; calculate number of available bytes
;
MOVE.W D2,D6 ; end FABN + 1 * alloc blk size
MULU VCBAlBlkSiz+2(A2),D6 ; = ending file pos + 1
SUB.L D5,D6 ; - file position = size avail
CMP.L D4,D6 ; compare with desired number
BCS.S mFBlockOK ; < D4 bytes, leave it alone <02Oct85>
MOVE.L D4,D6 ; > D4 bytes, set to D4 bytes
mFBlockOK MOVEQ #0,D0 ; we're ok <01Oct85>
;
; clean up and exit
;
MFExit
ADD #lenFXVars,A6 ; de-allocate memory for FXM vars <02Oct85>
MOVEM.L (A6)+,D1-D2/D4-D5/D7/A0-A1/A3-A4 ; restore registers
MOVE.L (A6)+,-(SP) ; put return address back on stack
TST.W D0 ; set CCR for result <01Oct85>
RTS ; exit MapFBlock
ENDPROC
;____________________________________________________________________________________
; * * * End of MapFBlock patch * * *
;____________________________________________________________________________________
;_______________________________________________________________________
;_______________________________________________________________________
;<3.7> Slot Interrupt/VBL patch
;
; Start of patch code to patch in the new Slot Manager and
; SlotVBL stuff into the MacII (NuMac).
;
; Slot Traps patched: SIntInstall, SIntRemove
; VBL Traps patched:SlotVInstall,SlotVRemove, AttachVBL,DoVBLTask
;
; Also patched: the secondary interrupt handler for slots (SlotInt routine)
; the secondary interrupt handler for slot VBLs (SlotVBLInt routine)
;
; We do this to increase speed with which slot interrupts are handled,
; and to be able to access all slot numbers. Viva la choice.
;
; All the old data structures (pointed to by low mems):
; SlotQDT EQU $0D04 ; ptr to slot Int queue table
; SlotPrTbl EQU $0D08 ; ptr to slot priority table (ROM $78 only)
; SlotVBLQ EQU $0D0C ; ptr to slot VBL queue table (ROM $78 only)
; ScrnVBLPtr EQU $0D10 ; save for ptr to main screen VBL queue
; SlotTICKS EQU $0D14 ; ptr to slot tickcount table (ROM $78 only)
; have been replaced by a single structure (called SlotIntGlobals)
; pointed to by SlotQDT. See SlotMgrEqu.a for details of new structure.
; These low mem's (except for SlotQDT) no longer hold valid values.
;_______________________________________________________________________
SlotPatch proc export
export SIntINSTALL,SIntREMOVE
export SlotInt,Via2SlotInt
export SlotVInstall,SlotVRemove
export AttachVBL,DoVBLTask
with SlotIntQElement,slotIntGlobals,slotVBLInfo
addrDequeue EQU $0602A ;address in MacII ROMS of the Dequeue routine
addrEnqueue EQU $06004 ;address in MacII ROMS of the Enqueue routine
VIA2base EQU $50F02000 ;address of base register of VIA2 on MacII machines
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: GetSlotIntQHead
;
; Arguments: D0 (input) : video card slot ($0..$E possible)
; D0 (output): error code
; A1 (output): address of pointer to first SlotIntQElement
;
; Function: Utility routine to do check for valid slot number, and return
; the address of the associated slot slotIntInfo record.
; If the queue type is wrong, or the slot number is out of range,
; an error code will be returned, and the routine will return to
; the callers caller, instead of directly to the caller.
;
; Called by: SIntInstall, SIntRemove
;
; Registers Used: D0,A1
;_______________________________________________________________________
GetSlotIntQHead
cmpi.w #SIQType,SQType(A0) ; is it the proper type?
bne.s @wrongType ; if not, report the error
ext.w d0 ; ignore high byte
cmpi.w #sLastSlot,d0 ; check for valid slot #
bgt.s @slotTooBig ; return error if too big
lea ([SlotQDT],d0.w*4,slotIntQHeads-SQLink),a1 ; get address of queue header
rts ; return with success
@wrongType moveq.l #VTypErr,d0 ; queue element type is wrong
bra.s @error ; report the error
@slotTooBig move.w #smSlotOOBErr,d0 ; return with slot # error
@error addq.w #4,sp ; pop the return address
rts ; return to callers caller
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: SIntINSTALL
;
; Arguments: D0 (input) : slot number for routine ($0..$E possible)
; A0 (input) : ptr to queue element
; D0 (output): error code - 0 no error
;
; Function: Installs a slot interrupt poll routine which is called when
; a slot interrupt occurs. The queue element is installed in
; in priority order, $FF highest (first), $00 lowest (last).
; <5.4>
; We reverse the queueing order back to what it was originally on the
; Mac II, which is opposite what's documented in Inside Mac V. $00 is
; now hightest (first) and $$ is lowest (last). For handlers with same
; priority number, the one installed last will be executed first (that
; is, it's closer to front of the queue).
; <28>
; We reverse once more. $FF is highest. equal priorities handled same
; as in <5.4>.
;
; Only low byte of priority word is used (0-255 range).
;
; Registers Used: D0,D1,D2,A0,A1
;_______________________________________________________________________
SIntINSTALL bsr.s GetSlotIntQHead ; a1 := pointer to qheader
move.b SQPrio+1(a0),d0 ; get the priority (low byte of word)
move.w sr,-(sp) ; save interrupt level
ori.w #HiIntMask,sr ; disable interrupts
@PrioritySearch
move.l SQLink(a1),d1 ; get next queue element to check
beq.s @insert ; if end of list, insert before this
exg.l a1,d1 ; swap previous and current pointers
cmp.b SQPrio+1(a1),d0 ; compare priorities
blo.s @PrioritySearch ; loop until lower priority (higher number) found <5.4><28>
exg.l d1,a1 ; a1 points to previous, d1 points to current
@insert ; insert before the lower priority element
move.l d1,SQLink(a0) ; remainder of queue goes after new element
move.l a0,SQLink(a1) ; new element goes after previous element
move.w (sp)+,sr ; restore interrupt level
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; return success
rts ; all done
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: SIntREMOVE
;
; Arguments: D0 (input) : slot number for routine ($0..$E possible)
; A0 (input) : ptr to queue element to remove
; D0 (output): error code - 0 = no error
;
; Function: Removes a poll routine from the slot interrupt queue.
;
; Registers Used: D0,D1,A1
;
;_______________________________________________________________________
SIntREMOVE bsr.s GetSlotIntQHead ; a1 := pointer to qheader
moveq.l #qErr,d0 ; error code in case it's not found
move.w sr,-(sp) ; save interrupt level
ori.w #HiIntMask,sr ; disable interrupts
@search move.l SQLink(a1),d1 ; get next queue element to check
beq.s @notFound ; if end of list, nothing to remove
exg.l a1,d1 ; swap previous and current pointers
cmpa.l a0,a1 ; see if this is the one to remove
bne.s @search ; loop until removee is fount
movea.l d1,a1 ; a1 points to previous
move.l SQLink(a0),SQLink(a1) ; remainder of queue goes after previous element
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; return success
@notFound move.w (sp)+,sr ; restore interrupt level
rts ; all done
;_______________________________________________________________
;
; Secondary Dispatch routines for slot interrupts
;
; On Entry: A1.L = VIA2/RBV/OSS base address
; D0-D3/A0-A3 have been saved
;
;____________________________________________________________________________
SlotInt
Via2SlotInt
move.b #$02,vIFR(a1) ; reset the VIA any slot interrupt flag
moveq.l #~$3F,d0 ; mask for slot bits (active low)
or.b vBufA(a1),d0 ; read and mask slot interrupt indicators
not.l d0 ; convert to active high bit mask
bne.s SlotIntCommon ; if interrupt pending, service it
rts ; if not, return from the interrupt
SlotIntCommon
subq.l #4,sp ; allocate a long (only a byte is used)
move.b d0,(sp) ; save the interrupt pending bit mask
@loop move.b SlotPriority(d0.w),d0 ; get slot number / bit number
bclr.b d0,(sp) ; clear the bit
lsr.b #4,d0 ; get the slot number
bsr.s RunSlotHandlers ; run the handlers for this slot
bne.s @noHandler ; if couldn't be serviced, die with sys error
move.b (sp),d0 ; see if any other slots were pending
bne.s @loop ; loop until all slots serviced
addq.l #4,sp ; pop the pending bits
; Because AnySlot is edge triggered on some machines, we must make sure that all
; slot interrupts go away, causing AnySlot to go away, so that the next slot interrupt
; will cause an edge transition on AnySlot. We loop back to be start of the handler
; to see if any slot interrupts occurred since we last checked, and only exit when they
; all go away.
movea.l #VIA2base,a1 ; get base address of chip with slot int reg (MacII only!!)
movea.l Via2DT+4*ifCA1,a0 ; get the handler address (in case someone patched it)
jmp (a0) ; loop until no slots interrupting
@noHandler _SysError ; no handler for slot interrupt
RunSlotHandlers
lea ([SlotQDT],d0.w*4,slotIntQHeads-SQLink),a1 ; get address of queue header
@RunNext move.l SQLink(a1),d0 ; get next queue element
beq.s @notFound ; if end of queue reached, return error
movea.l d0,a1 ; setup queue element pointer
move.l a1,-(sp) ; save queue element pointer
movea.l SQAddr(a1),a0 ; get poll routine address
movea.l SQParm(a1),a1 ; stuff optional A1 param
jsr (a0) ; call the handler
movea.l (sp)+,a1 ; restore the queue element pointer
tst.w d0 ; see if the int was serviced
beq.s @RunNext ; if not, try the next handler
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; if handled, return with success
rts ; all done
@notFound moveq.l #dsBadSlotInt,d0 ; return with an error if no handler
rts ; all done
SlotPriority
dc.b $00 ; 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - no interrupt
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $C3 ; 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 - Slot C (bit 3)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $D4 ; 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 - Slot D (bit 4)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $C3 ; 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 - Slot C (bit 3)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $E5 ; 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 - Slot E (bit 5)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $C3 ; 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 - Slot C (bit 3)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $D4 ; 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 - Slot D (bit 4)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $C3 ; 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 - Slot C (bit 3)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $B2 ; 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 - Slot B (bit 2)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
dc.b $A1 ; 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 - Slot A (bit 1)
dc.b $90 ; 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 - Slot 9 (bit 0)
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; The following routines handle slot VBL tasks for the NuBus system
;_______________________________________________________________________
; In order to share code, we take advantage of structure of the low memory
; variables associated with the classic VBL manager, and group the queue
; header and tick count in the same way for slots.
_AssumeEq slotTickCount-slotVBLQHdr,Ticks-VBLQueue
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: GetSlotVBLQHdr
;
; Arguments: D0 (input) : video card slot ($0..$E possible)
; D0 (output): error code
; A1 (output): address of SlotVBLQHdr for requested slot
;
; Function: Utility routine to do check for valid slot number, and return
; the address of the associated slot VBL queue header.
; If the slot number is out of range, an error code will be
; returned, and the routine will return to the callers caller,
; instead of directly to the caller.
;
; Called by: SlotVInstall, SlotVRemove, AttachVBL, DoVBLTask
;
; Registers Used: D0,A1
;_______________________________________________________________________
GetSlotVBLQHdr
ext.w d0 ; ignore high byte
cmpi.w #sLastSlot,d0 ; check for valid slot #
bgt.s @slotTooBig ; return error if too big
movea.l ([SlotQDT],d0.w*4,slotVBLPtrs),a1 ; point to the VBL queue header
rts ; return with success
@slotTooBig move.w #smSlotOOBErr,d0 ; return with slot # error
addq.w #4,sp ; pop the return address
rts ; return to callers caller
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Trap: _SlotVINSTALL
;
; Arguments: A0 (input) : address of vertical retrace control block
; D0 (input) : video card slot ($0..$E possible) <v1.2>
; D0 (output): error code - 0 no error
; -2 invalid queue element type
; -360 invalid slot #
;
; Function: Installs a slot specific vertical retrace routine which is
; called after VBLCOUNT(A0) video frames. The count is treated
; as being in units of the slot's VBL time (e.g. 1/67th sec for
; the standard system monitor). Phase parameter is treated in
; same way as for Mac+ VBL tasks with substitution of a "slot
; tickcount" in place of the global TICKS value.
;
; Registers Used: D0,D1,D2,A0,A1
;_______________________________________________________________________
SlotVInstall
bsr.s GetSlotVBLQHdr ; find the VBL Queue for the slot
*VInstallCommon ; common code shared with SlotVInstall
cmpi.w #vType,VBLType(a0) ; is it the proper type?
bne.s VTypeError ; if not, exit with error <1.4>
move.w vblCount(a0),d1 ; D1.W = Count <30Apr85>
beq.s @QueueIt ; Count=0 is special, one-shot case <30Apr85>
tst.w VBLPhase(a0) ; zero phase is also special <C204>
beq.s @QueueIt ; queue up for count ticks later <C204>
move.w sr,-(sp) ; save current interrupt status <07May85>
ori.w #HiIntMask,sr ; disallow VBL interrupts <07May85>/<24Jul85>
move.l Ticks-VBLQueue(a1),d0; D0 = 2^16*Thi + Tlo <30Apr85>
swap d0 ; <30Apr85>
moveq.l #0,d2 ; <30Apr85>
move.w d0,d2 ; D2 = Thi <30Apr85>
divu d1,d2 ; D2.hi = Thi MOD Count <30Apr85>
swap d2 ; <30Apr85>
move.w d2,d0 ; <30Apr85>
swap d0 ; D0 = 2^16*(Thi MOD Count) + Tlo <30Apr85>
divu d1,d0 ; <30Apr85>
swap d0 ; D0.W = Ticks MOD Count <30Apr85>
sub.w VBLPhase(a0),d0 ; <30Apr85>
neg.w d0 ; D0.W = Phase - (Ticks MOD Count) <30Apr85>
bpl.s @PhaseDone ; <30Apr85>
add.w d1,d0 ; D0.W = Count + (Phase - (...)) <30Apr85>
@PhaseDone ; <30Apr85>
add.w d0,vblCount(a0) ; <30Apr85>
move.w (sp)+,sr ; restore old status <07May85>
@QueueIt jsrROM addrEnqueue ; install it in the queue
moveq.l #noErr,D0 ; indicate success
rts ; and return...
VTypeError moveq.l #VTypErr,d0 ; flag the error
rts ; and return...
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Trap: _SlotVRemove
;
; Arguments: A0 (input) : address of vertical retrace control block
; D0 (input) : video card slot ($0..$E possible) <v1.2>
; D0 (output): error code - 0 no error
; -2 invalid queue element type
;
; Function: Removes a slot specific vertical retrace control block from the
; slot's VBL queue.
;
; Registers Used: D0,D1,A1
;_______________________________________________________________________
SlotVRemove bsr.s GetSlotVBLQHdr ; find the VBL Queue for the slot
cmpi.w #vType,VBLType(a0) ; is it the proper type?
bne.s VTypeError ; if not, exit with error
jmpROM addrDequeue ; remove it from the queue, and return
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Trap: _AttachVBL
;
; Arguments: D0 (input) : new video card slot for system VBL ($0..$E possible) <v1.2>
; D0 (output): error code
;
; Function: Does setup of ptr in slot VBL table to main system VBL queue.
;
; Registers Used: D0,D1,A1
;_______________________________________________________________________
AttachVBL bsr.s GetSlotVBLQHdr ; find the VBL Queue for the slot
move.l a1,ScrnVBLptr ; save new screen VBL ptr
moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; no error
rts ; and return with success
;_______________________________________________________________________
;
; Trap: _DoVBLTask
;
; Arguments: D0 (input) : video card slot ($0..$E possible) <v1.2>
; D0 (output): error code
;
; Function: Triggers servicing of slot specific VBL queue.
;
; Registers Used: D0,D1,A1
;_______________________________________________________________________
DoVBLTask bsr GetSlotVBLQHdr ; find the VBL Queue for the slot
; first update the slot's "tickcount"
addq.l #1,slotTickCount-slotVBLQHdr(A1) ; increment slot tickcount
; check if main system queue being serviced
cmpa.l ScrnVBLPtr,a1 ; is it the main screen?
bne.s @cursorDone ; skip if not
move.l JCrsrTask,d0 ; else call the cursor task
beq.s @cursorDone ; if there is one installed
movea.l d0,a0 ; there is - go do it
move.l a1,-(sp) ; save queue header ptr
jsr (a0) ; run the cursor task
movea.l (sp)+,a1 ; restore queue ptr
@cursorDone
; now we service the VBL queue . . .
RunVBLs lea qHead-vblink(a1),a0 ; setup to fetch head of list
@VBLloop move.l vblink(a0),d0 ; advance to next block
beq.s @VBLDone ; if queue is empty, exit
; Here we update the counter in the vertical retrace control block and
; call the appropriate routine when it times out. A0 points to the current
; block.
movea.l d0,a0 ; get pointer to next VBL control block
subq.w #1,vblCount(a0) ; decrement the counter
bne.s @VBLloop ; if non-zero, don't bother
move.l a0,-(sp) ; preserve A0 (pointer to VBL ctl block)
move.l a1,-(sp) ; preserve queue header pointer
movea.l vblAddr(a0),a1 ; get address of service routine
jsr (a1) ; call the routine with A0 pointing to the block
movea.L (sp)+,a1 ; restore A1
movea.L (sp)+,a0 ; restore A0
tst.w vblCount(A0) ; did the routine reset count?
bne.s @VBLloop ; if not, leave it in the queue
; unlink the element since it timed out
jsrROM addrDequeue ; unlink it
bra.s @VBLloop ; and search the rest of the queue
@VBLDone bclr.b #inVbl,qFlags(a1) ; remember that we're done!
* moveq.l #noErr,d0 ; no error (d0=0 from code at @VBLloop)
rts ; return with success
;_______________________________________________________________________
;<3.7> Slot Interrupt/VBL patch
;
; End of patch code to patch in the new Slot Manager and
; SlotVBL stuff into the MacII (NuMac).
;_______________________________________________________________________
;_______________________________________________________________________
;############################### END PATCH CODE ##############################################
;
;############################# PATCH INSTALL CODE ############################################
;
;
RAMSysInit PROC EXPORT
IMPORT FixupTbl
IMPORT SysBase,CutBack ;<6.0>
Move.L D1,-(SP) ;save our handle
;############################# PATCH INSTALLS GO HERE ################################
;
; Patches are divided into two groups: Those required for both Mac OS and A/UX, <PB302>
; and those required for the Mac OS Only. <PB302>
; The first group (for both OSs) begins here; Mac OS only patches are <PB302>
; are further down the file. <PB302>
;
; <PB373>
; The Fixing up of addresses generated by the CMPRA, JSRROM & JMPROM Breaks down <PB373>
; as follows: <PB373>
; Addressing High Byte in Instruction Action <PB373>
; 24 bit NZ Do not alter the address in the instruction.<PB373>
; Used with CMPRA to a ROM Resource. <PB373>
; 32 bit NZ Mask out 12 high bits from the address <PB373>
; in the instruction, leaving a ROM offset<PB373>
; Then add in ROMBase.
; either Zero Normal Case. Add ROMBase to the address<PB373>
; in the instruction. <PB373>
; <PB373>
; Registers: <PB373>
; D0: Address Size Flag. Pos: 24 bit mode; Neg: 32 bit Mode <PB373>
; D1: Entry from table of offsets of locations to be fixed up <PB373>
; D2: (RomBase) <PB373>
; A0: Pointer into table of offsets of locations to be fixed up. <PB373>
; A1: Base of fixup table; also location from which offsets are computed.<PB373>
move.l RomBase, D2 ; <PB302> <PB373>
moveq #-1, D0 ; <PB373>
_StripAddress ; <PB373>
lea FixupTbl, A0 ; <PB302>
move.l A0, A1 ; <PB302>
FixUpLooP move.l (A0)+, D1 ; <PB302>
beq.s @1 ; <PB302>
tst.b 0(A1, D1.L) ; <PB373>
beq.s @AddIt ; <PB373>
tst.l D0 ; If Address has any high bits set <PB373>
bpl.s FixUpLoop ; 24 Bit mode; Dont alter this one. <PB373>
and.w #$f, 0(A1, D1.L); 32 Bit Mode; Clear High 12 bits. <PB373>
@AddIt add.l D2, 0(A1, D1.L) ; Normal Case: Add in ROMBase <PB302> <PB373>
bra.s FixUpLoop ; <PB302>
@1
; Initialize some new LowMems <8.3>
move.l #$50F02000,VIA2 ; VIA2 base address <8.3>
move.w #$0310,TimeViaDB; number of VIA accesses per millisecond <8.3>
; PMAB354 07Jan88 EMT Unimplemented Toolbox versions of 12 bisexual traps
INCLUDE 'ToolboxCastration.a'
; PB093 09Mar87 EHB
InstToolTp StdRgn,$D1 ; <PB279/DAF>
; PB136 24Mar87 JTC GetNewControl
InstToolTp MyGetNewControl,$1BE
; PABM150
InstOSTp mySysEnvirons,$90
; PB172 10Apr87 JTC&SMD Pack4 Pack4
InstToolTp MyPack4,$1EB
; PB206 16Jul87 EHB QuickDraw
InstToolTp PatConvert,$313 ; PB206
; PB217 22Jul87 BAL QuickDraw
InstToolTp MyRSect,$321 ; replace RSECT to patch DrawLine
;PMAB270 13Sep87 FJL DrawPicture DrawPicture
InstToolTp FixDisposPixPat,$208 ; <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
InstToolTp FixDisposCCursor,$226 ; <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
InstToolTp FixCloseCPort,$202 ; <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
InstToolTp FixClosePort,$7D ; <PB292/30Sep87> DAF
; <1.7> 2Feb89 CCH Added Gestalt.
; <6.4> <08/19/89 pke> Moved this up here so other 'ptch' files can use Gestalt
; (e.g. TextEdit needs this for 6.0.4 scripts builds and for 7.0)
PtchInst 5
; PB435 Fix for InitWindows memory losing bug
InstToolTp MySetDeskCPat,$247
InstToolTp MyInitWindows,$112
; This patch is for the Get Mgr., so that GetNewCWindow gets 'pltt' resources.
InstToolTp myGetNewCWindow,$246 ; <61>
InstToolTp myPaintRect,$A2 ; PB531
InstToolTp myFrameRect,$A1 ; PB531
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; Install MapFBlock patch (P005,S118)
;_____________________________________________________________________________
IMPORT MapFBPatch
LEA MapFBPatch,A0 ; install patch code
MOVE.L A0,jMapFBlock ;
;_____________________________________________________________________________
; End of MapFBlock patch installation
;_____________________________________________________________________________
;######################### A/UX CONDITIONAL INSTALLATION ********##################### <PBxxx>
; Patches in this group are bypassed when running on A/UX.
MOVE.W HwCfgFlags,D0 ; check Ôem the compulsive way <PBxxx>
BTST #hwCbAUX,D0 ; is it A/UX time? <PBxxx>
BNE skipOSInstalls ; if so skip this OS stuff <PBxxx>
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <5.7>
; HERE ARE PATCHES THAT WERE FORMERLY INSTALLED FOR A/UX THAT SHOULD NOT HAVE BEEN <5.7>
; PB366 25jan88 bbm
cmp.l #$00002000, SysZone ; is Scruffy installed? <89>
beq.s @hasCleanMemoryManager ; donÕt install if so <89>
InstOSTp nMaxBlock,$61 ; replace maxblock
@hasCleanMemoryManager ; <89>
; PP332 Install Cache control trap
InstOSTp CacheTrap,$74 ; install the HFS RAM disk cache control trap
; Install patch to fix ATP duplicate request bus-error bug (PB586)
CMP.B #3,CPUFlag ; is this an 030 machine?
BNE.S @noDupl ; donÕt install if not
LEA ATPDuplPatch,A3 ; A3 -> the patch
MOVE.L A3,ATalkHk1 ; set in LAPWrite hook
; patch loader strips our address before calling us, A3 is full 32-bit address <5.7>
@noDupl
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <5.7>
; PAB087 06Mar87 CSL JCrsrTask patch ; Moved to Mac OS only <PB302>
LEA JCrsrTask,A0
leaFar CrsrPtch,A1 ; <6.0>
MOVE.L A1,(A0) ;
; PB071 07Mar87 SHF SCSIWrite, SCSIWBlind OS:SCSIMgr.a <PBxxx>
setTrapFar NewSCSIMgr,$A815 ; patched SCSI Manager <1.6> <6.0>
MOVE.L SCSIGlobals,A1 ; ptr to vectors and globals
IF PatchSCSIRead THEN ; not currently used
leaFar mySCSIRead,A0 ; <6.0>
MOVE.L A0,5*4(A1) ; patch the SCSIRead vector
leaFar mySCSIRBlind,A0 ; <1.6> <6.0>
MOVE.L A0,8*4(A1) ; patch the SCSIRBlind vector
ENDIF
leaFar mySCSIWrite,A0 ; <1.6> <6.0>
MOVE.L A0,6*4(A1) ; patch the SCSIWrite vector
leaFar QuantumWBlindII,A0 ; quantum 7.9 rom fix <77> djw
MOVE.L A0,9*4(A1) ; patch the SCSIWBlind vector
leaFar NewSCSIGet,a0 ; point to improved SCSIGet <PMAB466/JWK> <1.6>
move.l a0,1*4(a1) ; patch the SCSIGet vector <PMAB466/JWK>
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 20Oct87 #PMAB295 (SCSILoad) (SCSILoad)
;
; PMAB295 20Oct87 SHF SCSISelect SCSIMgr.a:SCSISelect
; PMAB329 10Dec87 JWK Fixed PMAB295 to avoid 10 sec delay when booting without
; SCSI devices attached. (Retyped PMAB295 -- it was mysteriously deleted!)
; PB336 16Dec87 AGH My apologies for the mysterious disappearance.
ROM78Load EQU $40807AE0 ; Mac II SCSILoad <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
ROM78Select EQU $4082675E ; Select code <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
BSR.S @ClearBus ; clear up bus problems first <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.L SCSIGlobals,A0 ; pointer to SCSIMgr variables <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.L 2*4(A0),-(SP) ; save old Select vector <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
LEA @Sel78Patch,A1 ; pointer to my patch routine <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.L A1,2*4(A0) ; patch out the Select vector <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.B #$FF,D0 ; try all drivers <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVEQ.L #7,D1 ; mask for internal drive ID <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
AND.B SCSIPoll,D1 ; bits 0-3: ID of int. drive <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
BCLR.L D1,D0 ; don't try for internal drive <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVEQ.L #SBMac,D3 ; Macintosh OS driver type <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
SWAP D3 ; Mac II SCSILoad needs it here <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
JSR Rom78Load ; take the leap of faith <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.L SCSIGlobals,A0 ; pointer to SCSIMgr variables <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.L (SP)+,2*4(a0) ; restore the old Select vector <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
BSR.S @ClearBus ; clear up remaining problems <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
BRA.S @SCSIDone
@ClearBus
CLR.W -(SP) ; prepare for return value <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
_SCSIStat ; get current SCSI bus status <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
AND.W #aBSY+aSEL,(SP) ; test BSY&SEL, leave word on stack <PMAB329/10Dec87/JWK>
BEQ.S @ClearRts ; no BSY or SEL, so return <PMAB329/10Dec87/JWK>
@IsBusFloating
AND.W #aSEL,(SP) ; test SEL: floating SCSI bus ? <PMAB329/10Dec87/JWK>
BNE.S @ClearRts ; BSY&SEL true - nothing attached <PMAB329/10Dec87/JWK>
PEA Scratch8 ; address for status byte <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
PEA Scratch8+2 ; address for message byte <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.L #OneSecTicks*5,-(SP) ; wait up to five seconds <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
_SCSIComplete ; try to get to Bus Free state <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
@ClearRts
ADDQ.L #2,SP ; pop off return code <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
RTS ; <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
@Sel78Patch
MOVEQ.L #0,D0 ; clear upper bits <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.W 8(A6),D0 ; get the target's ID <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
MOVE.W #25,d6 ; select timeout (ms) <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
JMP ROM78Select ; go to rest of the ROM routine <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
@SCSIDone ; <PMAB295/10Dec87/JWK>
; PB073 Cxxx 2Mar87 ABO VInstall atalk:nonres.a <PBxxx>
setTrapFar NewVInstall,$A033 ; replace VInstall <1.6> <6.0>
; PB091 08Mar87 RDC PowerOff OS:InterruptHandlers.a <PBxxx>
leaFar NewPowerOff,A0 ; get address of patch routine <6.0>
MOVE.L A0,AutoInt6 ; and replace poweroff int vector
setTrapFar PowerOff,$A05B ; replace PowerOff trap also <PB541> <6.0>
;____________________________________________________________________________ DAF <PB238> <PB336>
; TFB Video Driver Override
;
INCLUDE 'VideoPatch.a'
; PB231 28Jul87 rwh/rdc Patch for dispatching of deferred tasks
; PB573 22Sep88 jwk Cleaned up for Mac II.
;
; Patch install code - hook into vector for deferred task dispatching
InstOSTp NewDisptch,$B9 ; replace Dispatch vector <PB573>
; PB232 04aug87 bbm WriteXPRam WriteXPRam ; OS trap $52
; Patch to check validity of parameters to WriteXPRam
; Patch install code
InstOSTp NewWriteXPRam,$52 ; replace WriteXPRam trap
; PB236 24Aug87 RDC GenExcps OS:StartErr.a <PB336>
; install new vector only if ROM in control <PB336>
ROMNMIVct EQU $40802114 ; ROM NMI handler routine <PB336>
IMPORT NewNMIExcp ; <PB336>
MOVE.L AutoInt7,D0 ; get current NMI vector <PB336>
CMPI.L #ROMNMIVct,D0 ; ROM in control? <PB336>
BNE.S skipit ; skip if not <PB336>
LEA NewNMIExcp,A0 ; get address of new NMI routine <PB336>
MOVE.L A0,AutoInt7 ; store as new vector <PB336>
skipit
; PB237 19Aug87
LEA FClosePatch,A0 ; Install FClose patch
MOVE.L A0,jFClose
; PB238 19Aug87 DAF Open Open ; OS trap $00
; Add driver version testing to Open for slot devices
InstOSTp MyOpen,$00
; PMAB241 24Aug87 RDC BadTrap BadTrap
IMPORT NewBadTrap
InstToolTp NewBadTrap,$1FF ; replace Debugger trap $A9FF
InstToolTp NewBadTrap,$3FF ; replace Debugger trap $ABFF
; PMAB301 16Nov87 ABO ATP SendRequest
MOVEQ #AGBSize,D0 ; D0 = size of block
_NewHandle ,SYS,CLEAR ; Get it
BNE.S @NoATPPatch ; Error if can't
MOVE.L A0,AGBHandle ; Set in lowmem
MOVE.L (A0),A0 ; A0 -> AppleTalk Global Block
LEA ATPPatch,A1 ; A1 -> patch to SendRequest
MOVE.L A1,ATPHook(A0) ; Set in patch hook
@NoATPPatch
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <5.7>
; PB337 16dec87 bbm fixed SetOSDef to keep it from trashing PRam.
InstOSTp nSetOSDef,$83
; PMAB372 26Jan88 djw Install async serial driver patch for DTR bug ($BE is assigned vector)
; <80> 17Dec90 eh install new version number for driver
InstOSTp asyncPatch,$BE
SERDVersion equ 5
; install new version number
move.l #5*4,d0 ; first serial DCE is 5th entry in Utbl
moveq #4-1,d1 ; index through 4 dce's (adjusted for dbra)
@next movea.l UTableBase,a0 ; get ptr to the unit table
movea.l 0(a0,d0.w),a0 ; get DCE handle
movea.l (a0),a0 ; get DCE ptr
move.w #SERDVersion,dCtlQueue(a0) ; post new version
addq #4,d0 ; get next DCE
dbra d1,@next
; PB535 12Jul88 BAL/DAF install setccursor wrapper
InstToolTp MySetCCursor,$21c
; PB546 26Jul88 DAF Fix ShowCursor
LEA MyShowCursor,A0 ; get the patch address
MOVE.L A0,JShowCursor ; overwrite lomem vector
; PB552 26Jul88 DAF Fix ShieldCursor
LEA MyShieldCursor,A0 ; get the patch address
MOVE.L A0,JShieldCursor ; overwrite lomem vector
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; PB576 04Oct88 GGD SetupPoll mFmtTrack
;
; Fix File Date Patch# Fix Routine(s) Routine(s) Fixed
;AppleSystemPatch PatchIIROM.a 04Oct88 #PB576 (SetupPoll) (mFmtTrack)
;
; This patch only applies to the Mac IIx ROMs (with superdrive support) The space for the
; patch code is allocated with a NewPtr and the patch is copied in. If this ROM doesn't support
; SuperDrive, no space will be allocated, and no patch will be installed.
; absolute ROM addresses:
mFmtCaller EQU $4082EC74 ;where the MFM format code would have called us from
NoFmtIndex EQU $4082ECDA ;"no index pulse" error branch
mFmtResume EQU $4082EDF0 ;where we'll resume within the ROM
mVerCaller1 EQU $40831BC2 ;where RdAddrSetup calls us from
mVerCaller2 EQU $4082EE68 ;where the MFM verify code calls RdAddrSetup from
; low-memory addresses:
jSetupPoll EQU $23A ;jump vector to Sony driver's SetupPoll routine
; field sizes:
gap4aSize EQU 80 ;Gap between index and index mark
gap1Size EQU 50 ;Gap between index mark and sector 1
gap2Size EQU 22 ;Gap between address and data fields
gap3Sz720K EQU 80 ;Gap between adjacent sectors (720K)
gap3Sz1440K EQU 101 ;Gap between adjacent sectors (1440K)
syncSize EQU 12 ;Sync field size
markSize EQU 4 ;Size of index/address/data marks
; format bytes:
gapByte EQU $4E ;Inter/intra sector gap byte
theSync EQU $00 ;Sync byte preceeding each mark
fmtFillByte EQU $F6-256 ;Format byte to fill sectors with
PatchStart BRA Install ;***** install the patch code *****
;_______________________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: mFmtPatch
;
; Inputs: D1 -- offset to current drive's variables
; D2 -- sectors/track - 1 (8 or 17); if 17, bit 31 will be set=1
; D4 -- track
; D5 -- side
; A0 -- pointer to IWM/SWIM base address
; A1 -- pointer to Sony driver's variables
;
; Outputs: A3 -- pointer to SWIM write data register
; A4 -- pointer to SWIM handshake register
; A5 -- pointer to SCC A-reg (SCC data available)
; A6 -- pointer to SCC A-reg data (SCC data)
;
; D3,A0,A1,A2 are trashed; all other registers are preserved
;
; Function: Patches SetupPoll so that we can get at the MFM format code. It first
; calls the original SetupPoll to do what it usually does, then checks
; to see if we were called from within the MFM format routine. If not,
; it just jumps back to the caller. If so, it starts up the format and
; then jumps back into the middle of the MFM format code in ROM.
; Also checks to see if MFM format verify code, called RdAddrSetup, which
; calls us at SetupPoll. We adjust the verify code to allow twice as many
; revolutions to find all of the sectors.
;_______________________________________________________________________________
mFmtPatch CMPI.L #mFmtCaller,(SP) ;did we get called from the MFM format code?
BEQ.S mDoFmtPatch ;-> yes, go fix the format
CMPI.L #mVerCaller2,4(SP) ;did RdAddrSetup get called from the verify code
BNE.S oldSetPoll ;-> no, don't fix anything
CMPI.L #mVerCaller1,(SP) ;did SetupPoll get called from RdAddrSetup
BNE.S oldSetPoll ;-> no, don't fix anything
BSET.L #31,D7 ;remember that it has been fixed
BNE.S oldSetPoll ;if already fixed, don't fix it again
ADD.W D7,D7 ;allow twice as many revolutions
oldSetPoll JMP ($53434744).L ;call the original SetupPoll (addr filled in by installer)
mDoFmtPatch MOVEA.L (SP)+,A2 ;pop the return address
BSR.S oldSetPoll ;go setup A5,A6, PollStack
LEA Cylinder,A3 ;setup to fill in address mark template
MOVE.B D4,(A3)+ ;setup track number
MOVE.W D5,(A3)+ ;setup side number (and set byte count to 1-1)
LEA wOnes-1(A0),A4 ;point to the highest write-zeroes address
TST.B rError(A0) ;clear the error register
MOVE.W #$1810,(A4)+ ;clear the write and action bits then set the write bit
MOVEQ #1,D0 ;(A4 now points to wOnes+1)
MOVE.B D0,-(A4) ;toggle the clFIFO bit to clear out
MOVE.B D0,-(A4) ; any data in the FIFO
MOVE.W D0,(A3)+ ;first sector number is 1 (and set byte count to 1-1)
; Write a bunch of gap bytes while waiting for the start of index. We track index
; by waiting for it to go low (if it starts high), then go high (start of index).
MOVEA.L A0,A3 ;point to IWM base address (and write data register)
MOVEQ #gapByte,D1
MOVE.W D1,(A3) ;write two bytes to fill up the FIFO
MOVEQ #8,D0 ;negative of index timeout (in upper word)
MOVE.W D0,(A4) ;turn on the action bit: GO!
LEA rHandshake(A0),A4 ;point to the handshake register for speed
WtIndexLo BSR.S WriteNTest ;write a gap byte (8 the first time) and test for index pulse low
BMI.S WtIndexLo ;-> index is high, so keep waiting
WtIndexHi BSR.S WriteNTest ;write a gap byte and test for index pulse high
BPL.S WtIndexHi ;-> index is low, so keep waiting
; When we get here, we're just after the rising edge of the index pulse.
; First thing we write on the track is a starting gap and sync bytes...
FmtStart LEA TrackTemplate-1,A2 ;point to phase register value
MOVE.B (A2)+,wPhase(A3) ;turn off the index signal while we format
MOVEQ #gap4aSize-1-1,D0 ;setup initial gap size and clear carry
BSR.S WriteBytes ;write out gap 4a (done explicitly, not from TrackTemplate)
;A1 will point here from now on
Fetch MOVEA.L A0,A3 ;restore A3 (points to wData)
MOVEQ.L #0,D0 ;prepare to zero extend
MOVE.B (A2)+,D0 ;fetch the byte count or displacement
BPL.S WriteString ;byte count if positive
ADDQ.B #markSize,D0 ;adjust special byte counts
BPL.S WriteCRC ;positive is CRC or MARK
;negative is NeXTSector
NeXTSect MOVEQ #gap3Sz720K-1,D0 ;get the inter sector gap size
TST.L D2 ;Is it the 1440K format?
BPL.S FmtGap3
MOVEQ #gap3Sz1440K-1,D0 ;Yes, there's a larger inter-sector gap
FmtGap3 MOVEQ.L #gapByte,D1 ;setup the gap data pattern
LEA SectorTemplate,A2 ;resume with NeXT sector
ADDQ.B #1,Sector-SectorTemplate(A2) ;update the sector number
DBRA D2,WriteLoop ;write gap if not the last sector
JMP mFmtResume ;resume after "DBRA D2,FmtNextSect" in mDoFormat (SonyMFM.a)
WriteCRC ADDA.W #wCRC-wData,A3 ;point to the write CRC register temporarily
BEQ.S WriteLoop ;write the byte string
WriteMark ADDA.W #wMark-wCRC,A3 ;point to the write mark register temporarily
WriteString MOVE.B (A2)+,D1 ;fetch the data byte value to write
WriteLoop TST.B (A5) ;SCC data available?
BMI.S @1
MOVE.B (A6),-(SP) ;yes, push it on the stack
@1 MOVE.B (A4),D3 ;wait until there's an opening in the FIFO
BPL.S @1
MOVE.B D1,(A3) ;write a byte
DBRA D0,WriteLoop
LSL.B #7-3,D3 ;test the index pulse level
JMP (A1)
; write D0 bytes and then test the index pulse level (only the index loops need this)
WriteNTest ADDQ.L #1,D0 ;increment loop count toward zero
WriteBytes MOVEA.L (SP)+,A1 ;pop the return address
BCC.S WriteLoop ;-> didn't time out waiting for index
JMP NoFmtIndex-mFmtCaller(A2) ;-> timed out waiting for index
DC.B $F5 ;turn off the index signal while we format
TrackTemplate EQU *
* HardCoded DC.B gap4aSize-1-1,gapByte ;Gap between index and index mark
DC.B syncSize-1,theSync ;write sync before index mark
DC.B markSize-1-1-markSize,$C2 ;write the index mark bytes $C2 $C2 $C2
DC.B 1-1,$FC ;index mark ends with data byte $FC
DC.B gap1Size-1,gapByte ;Gap between index mark and sector 1
SectorTemplate EQU *
DC.B syncSize-1,theSync ;write sync before address mark
DC.B markSize-1-1-markSize,$A1 ;write the addr mark bytes $A1 $A1 $A1
DC.B 1-1,$FE ;addr mark ends with data byte $FE
DC.B 1-1 ;one byte of cylinder number
Cylinder DC.B 0 ;filled in at runtime
DC.B 1-1 ;one byte of side number
Side DC.B 0 ;filled in at runtime
DC.B 1-1 ;one byte of sector number
Sector DC.B 0 ;filled in at runtime
DC.B 1-1,$02 ;one byte of block size (2*256 bytes)
DC.B 1-1-markSize ;write the 2 byte CRC for the address mark
DC.B gap2Size-1,gapByte ;Gap between address and data fields
DC.B syncSize-1,theSync ;write sync before data mark
DC.B markSize-1-1-markSize,$A1 ;write the data mark bytes $A1 $A1 $A1
DC.B 1-1,$FB ;data mark ends with data byte $FB
DC.B 512/4-1,fmtFillByte ;fill the sector data (128 bytes at a time)
DC.B 512/4-1,fmtFillByte ;fill the sector data (128 bytes at a time)
DC.B 512/4-1,fmtFillByte ;fill the sector data (128 bytes at a time)
DC.B 512/4-1,fmtFillByte ;fill the sector data (128 bytes at a time)
DC.B 1-1-markSize ;write the 2 byte CRC for the data mark
DC.B -1-markSize ;if more sectors, write gap and next sect
align 2
;_______________________________________________________________________________
;
; Routine: Install
;
; Inputs: none
;
; Outputs: none
;
; Function: checks if the ROM and Sony driver versions are correct, and if so,
; installs the patch code above into the jSetupPoll lo-mem vector.
;_______________________________________________________________________________
Install MOVEA.L UTableBase,A0 ;get the pointer to the unit table
MOVEA.L 16(A0),A0 ;get the Sony driver's DCE handle
MOVEA.L (A0),A0 ; and de-reference it
CMPI.B #2,DCtlQueue+1(A0) ;is this the correct driver version?
BNE.S DontInstall ;-> no, just exit
MOVEQ.L #(Install-mFmtPatch)/2,D0 ; patch size in words (to fit in a MOVEQ)
ADD.L D0,D0 ; convert word count to byte count
_NewPtr ,SYS ;allocate a block in the system heap for the patch code
BNE.S DontInstall ;-> no space, so we can't install
MOVEA.L A0,A1 ;setup dest ptr
LEA mFmtPatch,A0 ;point to our patch code,
MOVEA.L jSetupPoll,A2 ;get old vector address
MOVE.L A2,oldSetPoll+2-mFmtPatch(A0) ; patch the jump back into the ROM
MOVEQ.L #(Install-mFmtPatch)/2,D0 ; patch size in words (to fit in a MOVEQ)
ADD.L D0,D0 ; convert word count to byte count
_BlockMove ;copy the patch to the system heap
MOVE.L A1,jSetupPoll ; install the patch
DontInstall
; PB576 04Oct88 GGD SetupPoll mFmtTrack
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;#### end install code for PMAB581 <3.2> ####
;
; PB512 -- Install code for UpdAltMDB patch
;
IMPORT svExtBTFile,MyExtBTF,svExtBTCounter
lea svExtBTCounter,a0 ; get the counter <25Sep90>
move.w #-1,(a0) ; initialize to -1 <25Sep90>
lea svExtBTFile,a0 ; Point to save of ROM routine
move.l jExtBTFile,(a0) ; Save addr of ROM routine
lea MyExtBTF,a0 ; Point to the patch
move.l a0,jExtBTFile ; Install ourselves in the vector
;_______________________________________________________________________
;_______________________________________________________________________
;<3.7> Slot Interrupt/VBL patch
;
; Start of install code to patch in the new Slot Manager and
; SlotVBL stuff into the MacII (NuMac).
;_______________________________________________________________________
InitSlotStuff
with SlotIntQElement,slotIntGlobals,slotVBLInfo
move.w sr, -(sp) ; disable interrupts while we patch
ori.w #HiIntMask,sr
movem.l a0-a3/d0-d3,-(sp) ; save some registers
;
; Install the traps FIRST so we can use them to re-install the data structures
;
InstOSTp SIntInstall, $75 ; set new trap address for PrimeTime
InstOSTp SIntRemove, $76 ; set new trap address for PrimeTime
InstOSTp SlotVInstall,$6F ; set new trap address for PrimeTime
InstOSTp SlotVRemove, $70 ; set new trap address for PrimeTime
InstOSTp AttachVBL, $71 ; set new trap address for PrimeTime
InstOSTp DoVBLTask, $72 ; set new trap address for PrimeTime
;stuff lowMem jump vector that's NOT in trap table
lea DoVBLTask,a0 ; move to A0 for SetTrapAddress
move.l a0,d0 ; set up for StripAddress
_StripAddress ; make trap address 32 bit clean
movea.l d0,a0 ; now we're cooking
move.l a0,JVBLTask ; VBL task execute routine
;
; patch in new low memory values for Slot Manager.
; Allocate new memory, initialize it, transfer old values to new data structures,
; dispose of old data structures, and make low mem's point to new data structures.
;
; allocate space for new structures
move.l #sIntGlobalSize,d0 ; alloc space for all possible slots
_NewPtr ,sys,clear ; create table in system heap, cleared
move.l a0,a3 ; save out ptr to new slot manager data structures
; initialize the new structures
lea slotVBLInfos+\
slotVBLQHdr-\
slotVBLInfo(a0),a1 ; setup pointer to first slotVBLInfos record
moveq.l #TotalSlots-1,d0 ; setup loop counter for all possible slots
@init move.l a1,(a0)+ ; point to the slotIntInfo record for this slot
adda.w #sVBLInfoSize,a1 ; point to next slotIntInfo record
dbra d0,@init ; init all possible slots
; copy over data from old structures
; (and YES, to use the new stuff, EVERYTHING must be copied over into place)
; although i guess the SlotVBLPtrs needn't be, since they already point to
; the slotVBLInfos from above.
;Reinstall old slot interrupt handlers
movea.l SlotQDT,a2 ; save ptr to old interrupt handler pointer table
move.l a3, SlotQDT ; point to new structure in lowmem
moveq #sLastSlot,d1 ; start with highest slot
@nextSlot
lea ([-4*sFirstSlot,a2,d1.w *4]),a1 ; get old queue header for this slot
movea.l qHead(a1),a1 ; get ptr to first entry in queue
lea ([SlotQDT],d1.w*4,slotIntQHeads-SQLink),a3 ; get new address of queue head ptr <5.4>
move.l a1,(a3) ; and stuff queue head ptr into it <5.4>
@slotdone subi.w #1,d1 ; next slot number
cmpi.w #sFirstSlot,d1 ; do sLastSlot-sFirstSlot slots
bge.s @nextSlot
movea.l a2, a0 ; get rid of old interrupt handler pointer table
_DisposPtr
;Move the the vbl queue headers into the new structure
moveq #sNumSlots-1,d1 ; move sNumSlots queue headers
lea ([SlotQDT],\ ; point to new first VBL queue header
slotVBLInfos+slotVBLQHdr-\
slotVBLInfo),a1
adda.l #sVBLInfoSize*sLastSlot,a1 ; point to data for last slot
@nxtQhdr
movea.l ([SlotVBLQ],d1.w*4),a0 ; get pointer to old VBLqueue header
moveq #qHeadSize,d0 ; move this many bytes
_BlockMove
suba.l #sVBLInfoSize,a1 ; point to next new queue header
dbra d1,@nxtQhdr
;get the slot of the Main Device and fix the ptr to it's VBL queue header
lea ([ScrnVBLPtr]),a1 ; get pointer to the Main Screen vbl queue
moveq #sNumSlots-1,d0 ;
@nxtScrn
movea.l ([SlotVBLQ],d0.w*4),a0 ; get pointer to old VBLqueue header
cmpa.l a0, a1 ; are we pointing to the Main Screen vbl queue
beq.s @fndScrn ; found it!
dbra d0,@nxtScrn ; didn't find, so check next screen
bra.s @ScrnNotFnd ; we didn't find a pointer at ALL!
@fndScrn
addi.l #sFirstSlot,d0 ; get actual slot number
_AttachVBL ; set ptr to main screen vbl queue
@ScrnNotFnd ; we didn't find a screen; leave ScrnVBLPtr alone
;and dispose the old vbl queue header ptr structure
movea.l SlotVBLQ,a0 ; release storage for old SlotVBLQ
_DisposPtr
;Copy the tickCounts into the new structures
moveq #sNumSlots-1,d1 ; move sNumSlots queue headers
lea ([SlotQDT],\ ; point to ticks for last slot
slotVBLInfos+slotTickCount-\
slotVBLInfo+sVBLInfoSize*sLastSlot),a1
@nxtTCnt
move.l ([SlotTicks],d1.w*4),(a1) ; move old ticks value to new structure
suba.l #sVBLInfoSize,a1 ; point to next slot info
dbra d1,@nxtTCnt
movea.l SlotTicks,a0 ; release storage for old SlotVBLQ
_DisposPtr
; finally, patch the addresse of the secondary slot interrupt
; handler into the via2 dispatch table
lea SlotInt ,a1 ; addr to patch in
move.l a1,VIA2DT+(4*ifCA1) ; stuff that secondary vector
; restore state
movem.l (sp)+,a0-a3/d0-d3 ; restore saved registers
move.w (sp)+,sr ; disable interrupts while we patch
;_______________________________________________________________________
;<3.7> Slot Interrupt/VBL patch
;
; End of install code to patch in the new Slot Manager and
; SlotVBL stuff into the MacII (NuMac).
;_______________________________________________________________________
;_______________________________________________________________________
skipOSInstalls ; end of the line for OS/hardware <PBxxx> <PB584>
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <5.7>
; HERE ARE 7.0 FEATURES THAT SHOULD BE PATCHED IN ON A/UX <5.7>
; (There is a separate section for those that are not patched in on A/UX.) <5.7>
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <5.7>
; <7.2> 09Sep89 BAL 32-Bit QuickDraw ptch for 7.0 and beyond
PtchInst 32
;____________________________________________________________________________ dba <6.0>
; Install default colors 'clut' from System file
; Since the first InitGraf was before the ROvr code, the ROM 'clut' is
; always used. We want to use a better 'clut' from the System file.
; NOTE: This code is straight out of GrafAsm.a.
FixQDColors ; <6.6>
cmp.l #-1,QDColors ; is QDColors initialized? <6.6>
beq.s @done ; no, no need to fix it up <6.6>
SUBQ #4,SP ; make room for function result
MOVE #DefQDColors,-(SP) ; push resource ID
_GetCTable ; get default colors
MOVE.L QDColors,a0 ; get pointer to QDColors
MOVE.L (SP),A1 ; get handle to default colors
MOVE.L (A1),A1 ; point to default colors
ADD #CTTable,A1 ; skip over header
MOVEQ #15,D0 ; need to move 16 longs
@nextLong MOVE.L (A1)+,(A0)+ ; move a long
DBRA D0,@nextLong ; => repeat for all longs
_DisposCTable ; dispose of color table
@done ; <6.6>
;----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- <6.0>
; HERE ARE PATCHES THAT MUST LOAD AFTER 32-BIT QUICKDRAW, SINCE THEY PATCH QD TRAPS <6.0>
; S497 7June88 med Changed Script Manager to ptch resource <PB??? for 6.0.1 EKH>
PtchInst 4
; Script Manager 7.0 extensions (must be after PtchInst 4 !!) to be included for 6.0.6 builds.
IF installScriptMgrPtch27 THEN ; <6.9> <30>
PtchInst 27 ; <6.9> Must load after ptch 4 !
ENDIF ; <6.9>
;############################### END INSTALL CODE ####################################
;############################# PATCHES CUT BACK CODE #################################
leaFar SysBase,a0 ; start of patch code <6.0>
lea RAMSysInit,a1 ; end of patch code, beginning of install <6.0>
sub.l a0,a1 ; size of patch code <6.0>
move.l a1,d0 ; <6.0>
move.l (sp)+,a0 ; restore the handle passed by SysPatch <6.0>
jmpFar CutBack ; cut us back <6.0>
UsesPtchInst ; PatchInstall Macro code <2.4-4april89-CEL>
Proc
Export FixupTbl
;################## TABLE OF LOCATIONS TO BE OFFSET BY [ROMBase] ########## <PB302>
; <PB302>
; Table contains one entry for each reference to a ROM address from the <PB302>
; JmpROM, JsrROM, and CmpRA macros. &RomFixIndex is a count of the total <PB302>
; number of these references, and is also used to synthesize the label <PB302>
; names for them. The reference labels have the form <PB302>
; RXXX000, RXXX001, RXXX002, ... <PB302>
; See the Macro definitions for JmpROM, JsrROM and CmpRA (near the top of <PB302>
; this file) for more info. <PB302>
; <PB302>
; MkTbl is a macro only because assembler while loops will not work <PB302>
; outside of macros. <PB302>
; <PB302>
MACRO ; <PB302>
MkTbl ; <PB302>
gbla &RomFixIndex ; <PB302>
while &RomFixIndex <> 0 do; <PB302>
&RomFIxIndex seta &RomFixIndex - 1 ; <PB302>
dc.l RXXX&I2S(&ROMFIXINDEX,-3) - FixUpTbl; <PB302>
endwhile ; <PB302>
dc.l 0 ; Zero entry marks end of table. <PB302>
ENDM ; <PB302>
; <PB302>
FixupTbl MkTbl ; <PB302>
; <PB302>
;########################### END PATCHES CUT BACK CODE ################################
EndProc
END
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink